Home

Mercedes-Benz 2004 M-Class Automobile User Manual

1. Driving Starting the engine Automatic transmission Starting with the SmartKey a F q gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set fo to P Warning A N P gt Do not depress accelerator Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold until the engine starts gt page 34 y Y a Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly DZ P27 60 2345 3 You can also use the touch start ventilated If you think that exhaust gas Gearshift pattern for automatic function Turn the SmartKey to fumes are entering the vehicle while driving transmission position 3 and release it again immedi have the cause determined and corrected P Park position with gear selector lever ately The engine then starts automati immediately If you must drive under these lock cally conditions drive with at least one window R Reverse gear fully open N Neutral position For information on turning off the engine D Drive position with the SmartKey see Turning off with For more information see the Controls in the SmartKey gt page 59 detail section gt page 165 Starting with KEYLESS GO Warning J As long as the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore n
2. If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and switch off the exterior headlamps the door entry lamps will remain lit for approximately 5 minutes Controls in detail Lighting Trunk lighting The trunk lighting switches on if the trunk is opened If you leave the trunk open for an extended period of time the trunk lighting will switch off automatically after approximately 10 minutes Controls in detail Instrument cluster A full view illustration of the instrument cluster can be found in the At a glance section of this manual gt page 24 P54 32 2735 31 C Reset button The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e switch on the ignition gt page 34 e press reset button e switch on the exterior lamps You can change the instrument cluster set tings in the instrument cluster submenu of the control system gt page 157 Instrument cluster illumination P5 4 32 2232 31 1 Knob for adjusting instrument cluster illumination Use knob to adjust the illumination brightness for the instrument cluster The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps gt Press knob Q The knob will pop out To brighten illumination g
3. sseecceeeeeeeeeeees 415 Electrical SYStEM cccccsssscceesseees 416 Main dimensions and weignhts 417 Main dimensions cccceeeceee eee 417 Weights acaba aaatouneesnssedannumededeuaacanee 417 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 418 Capacities cccessscccceeeseeeeseees 418 Engine OIIS ccccessscceesseeceeseees 420 Engine oil additives 00068 420 Air conditioning refrigerant 420 Brake fluid ccecccsssssseeeceeeeeees 420 Premium unleaded gasoline 421 Fuel requirements sscccseeees 421 Gasoline additives cccceee 422 COO IAINGS saris 422 Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system 425 Y Product information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitabili ty for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in indi vidual cases an official approval or authori zation by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and acces sories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them
4. gt page 76 For information on LATCH type child seat mounts gt page 77 A Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Warning The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the Dis trict of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured by a lap shoulder belt or if so equipped a child restraint lower anchorage system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint man ufacturer of compliance with this stan dard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruc tion manual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to inside of vehicle and to infant or child restraints Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with BabySmart System installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly i
5. Controls in detail Seats Lumbar region support gt Press Xe or BaN on rocker switch This selects the air cushion you wish to adjust Press or E on rocker switch The air cushion inflates or deflates Side bolsters adjustment gt Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch 2 When the engine is turned off the last cushion setting is retained in memory and the cushion is automatically ad justed to this setting when the engine is restarted Massage function PULSE You can reduce muscle tension during long trips by periodically using the massage function gt Press button The indicator lamp on button 3 comes on The air cushions in the lumbar re gion inflate and deflate rhythmically The massage function switches off au tomatically after approximately 8 minutes The indicator lamp extin guishes Seat heating gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Vehicles without seat ventilation Switching on seat heating The switch is located on the door gt Press switch ofa Wes o A lt Switching off seat heating A red indicator lamp above the switch comes on gt Press switch Q again The indicator lamp above the switch goes out Ma p54 283200 31 The seat heating will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes 1 Normal heating 2 Rapid heating The red indic
6. To avoid damage to the trans mission never engage N while driving If the ESP is deactivated or malfunctioning Move the gear selector lever to N only if the vehicle is in dan ger of skidding e g on icy roads Drive The transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Controls in detail Automatic transmission Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with gear selector lever in N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A N Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also position P alone is not intended to or capable of preventing your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 50 When parked on an incline turn the front wheels towards the road curb Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move the gear selecto
7. eecccceseeeeeeeeeeees 314 Maintenance csccccseesecceesescenes 315 Maintenance service indicator IMOSSARE cccesccensssccnsecccnsceeeens 315 Calling up the maintenance service INGICATOS seecceeeeeeees 316 Resetting the maintenance service INGICATOM seecceeeeeeees 317 Vehicle Care snssssensssensssesssseessseressee 318 Cleaning and care of vehicle 318 Practical hints cc eeeeecee eee 327 What to do if pare aneeew ernment rene eer rere 328 Lamps in instrument cluster 328 Lamp in center console 336 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 337 Where will I find eeeeeeeeeeeeees 369 First aid Kit eee ceeeesecceeeeeeeeeees 369 Vehicle jack vehicle tool kit luggage bowl spare wheel 370 Unlocking locking in an emergency 372 Unlocking the vehicle 00 372 Locking the vehicle cccee 373 Fuel filler flap cccceesecceeeeeeeees 374 Opening closing in an emergency 375 Tilt sliding sunroof eessseeeeeese 375 Replacing SmartKey batteries 376 SmartKey ccessecccssseecceseescneaees 376 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 377 Replacing bulbs s s nsssenssssensseeesseesss 378 PUDS eissien rr 379 Replacing bulbs for front lamps Replacing bulbs for rear lamps 382 Replacing wiper blades 666 3
8. gt Release the lock button at the outside door handle to interrupt procedure Warning A N When closing the windows and the tilt slid ing sunroof make sure that there is no dan ger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as fol lows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold but ton gi To continue the closing after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing pro cedure press and hold button eg Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the lock button on the outside door handle gt page 60 to stop the closing procedure e Pull on the door handle and hold firmly The windows and the tilt sliding sunroof will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door is not opened Controls in detail Power windows Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening and closing the power With the sunroof closed or tilted open a tilt sliding sunroof screen can be slid into the roof opening to Warning A help provide shade When sliding the sun The tilt sliding sunroof is opened and roof open the screen will also retract When closing the tilt sliding sunroof make closed electrically The switch for the sure that there is no danger of anyone being tilt sliding sunroof is on the overhead con harmed by the closing procedure trol panel The c
9. Introduction Product information Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories ap proved by us are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive comprehensive information also on permissible technical modifications and where proper installation will be per formed Introduction Operator s Manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the in structions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in dam age to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper proce dures We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore infor mation illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from y
10. Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Maximum tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure gt bar kilopascal kPa Recommended tire inflation pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure listed on placard located on driver s door B pillar for normal driving conditions Provides best handling tread life and riding comfort Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN
11. Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk lid opening when closing the trunk Be espe cially careful when small children are around A l Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog When leaving the vehicle always remove the nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not If the vehicle was previously centrally 14 Handle leave children unattended in the vehicle or locked the trunk will lock automatical gt Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly on WINS to an unlocked venicie Unsu ly after closing it All turn signal lamps handle pervised use of vehicle equipment may flash three times to confirm locking cause an accident and or serious personal gt Push the trunk lid closed from the out injury side with hands placed flat on trunk lid The power closing assist automatically en sures that the lid is pulled closed com pletely gt page 110 Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Closing the trunk from the outside vehicles without KEYLESS GO In vehicle
12. e Set the clock see COMAND opera tor s manual e Synchronize the ESP gt page 343 e Synchronize the power windows gt page 199 e Synchronize the power tilt sliding sunroof gt page 204 Practical hints Battery Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Practical hints Jump starting Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the bat tery of another vehicle O
13. gt page 299 are also referred to as service descrip tion Operation Tires and wheels Tire speed rating The tire speed rating gt page 299 indicates the approved maximum speed for the tire Warning A N Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others Tire load rating gt page 299 and tire speed rating gt page 299 are also referred to as service descrip tion Operation Tires and wheels Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h W up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for exam ple 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of the tire load rating G gt page 299 and the tire speed
14. or e a duration of 2 minutes During this period the data from the previ ous journey can be incorporated as fol lows gt Press the reset button in the instru ment cluster gt page 134 The statistics will be incorporated I If you do not press the reset button the consumption statistics will be reset to 0 Controls in detail Control system Fuel consumption since last reset Resetting fuel consumption statistics Calling up range distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly gt Press button or repeatedly Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the until you see the first function of the until you see the first function of the trip computer menu trip computer menu trip computer menu gt Press button J or Re repeatedly Press button MAM or RA repeatedly Press button BA or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the multi until you see the reading that you want until you see this message in the multi function display AFTER RESET to reset in the multifunction display function display RANGE OF TER RESET gt Press and hold the reset button In the multifunction display you will see gt page 134 until the value is reset the calculated range based on the cur 2149 MI 53 00 H O to 0 rent fuel tank level g 4 55 MPH 17 3 MPG P d 32 3241 31 RANGE 1 Distance driven since last reset E 207 MILES 2 Time elapsed since last reset 3 Average fue
15. 30 C and cor rosion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corro sion protection and increase boil over pro tection Refer to Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze solu tion or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification see Factory Approved Service Products Pamphlet are used to renew the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 45 anticor rosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approx 22 F 30 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protec tion to approx 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixtu
16. Deactivating gt Press button Ralj gt page 185 again The indicator lamp on the button goes out Warning A N Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driv ing Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others If the rear window defroster switches off too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing this means that too many electrical consumers are operat ing simultaneously and there is insuffi cient voltage in the battery The system responds automatically by deactivating the rear window defroster As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster au tomatically turns itself back on Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator 7 Condensation may drip out from under neath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air condi tioning cooling function of the automatic climate control system The air in the vehi cle will then no longer be cooled or dehu midified gt Press button gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Controls in detail Automatic climate control Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air conditio
17. Spare wheel Removing the spare wheel gt Take out vehicle tool kit tray gt Turn the luggage bowl 3 counter clockwise gt Remove the spare wheel 4 Storing the spare wheel gt Place spare wheel in wheel well and secure it with luggage bowl 3 gt Turn the luggage bowl clockwise to its stop Place vehicle tool kit tray 2 in luggage bowl Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the vehicle If you are unable to unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO open the driver s door and the trunk using the me chanical key Unlocking and opening the drivers door and or the trunk with the me chanical key will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the starter switch Removing the mechanical key PBO 20 2390 31 1 Mechanical key locking tab 2 Mechanical key gt Move locking tab in the direction of arrow gt Slide the mechanical key 2 out of the housing Unlocking the driver s door 1 Unlocking gt Insert the mechanical key into the driv er s door lock until it stops gt Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to position Q The driver s door is unlocked Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the trunk gt Turn the mechanical key counterclock gt If necessary push it down manual
18. Start the engine gt page 48 cated in the upper part of the front center Briefly press button to change from Pressing the button twice in quick suc Easels one level setting to the next cession will cause the vehicle to imme diately raise or lower to the new vehicle e The normal level is selected if both level as selected indicator lamps are off The selected setting is stored even if At level 1 one of the indi r a ACTIEVE 1 ONE Orne maleate the engine is turned off lamps 1 is on e At level 2 both indicator lamps are on The message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL 1 Indicator lamps ABC 2 Vehicle level control button VEHICLE RISING appears in the multifunction display for a short time When the vehicle is at level 2 pressing the button will return the vehicle to nor mal level Parktronic system Parking assist A Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always rests with the driver Warning Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The operational function of the Parktronic system can be affected by dirty sensors es pecially at times of snow and ice see Cleaning the Park
19. VAN Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL appears in the multi function display For cleaning and care of the Distronic sen sor see Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover gt page 322 If the message DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL disappears during driving and the last speed stored flashes for approximately 5 seconds the dirt e g slush has dis solved Distronic is again operational Turns and bends P54 70 2213 31 In turns or bends Distronic may not detect a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Controls in detail Driving systems Offset driving Lane changing Narrow vehicles P54 70 2214 31 P54 70 2215 31 P54 70 2216 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle Because of their narrow profiles the vehi from your direct line of travel may not be changing lanes There will be insufficient cles traveling near the outer edges of the detected by Distronic There will be insuffi distance to the lane changing vehicle lane have not yet been detec
20. When you switch on the ignition the in dicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the en gine is running This indicates that the respective systems are operational For information on starting the engine us ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button see Starting with KEYLESS GO gt page 49 Vv Adjusting Warning All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fas tening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Seats Warning A N Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide un der the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and belts are properly positioned on the body Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt gt page 45 Neve
21. sarily identical to those shown in the control system displays The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Standard display menu In the standard display the trip odometer and main odometer are shown in the mul tifunction display 4 0143 8 MILES y 026753 2 1 Trip odometer P54 30 4637 31 2 Main odometer p gt If you see another display press button or until the standard display appears gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly to select the functions in the standard display menu The following functions are available Function Page Call up maintenance service dis 316 play Check tire inflation pressure 294 Check engine oil level LYS Call up digital soeedometer 142 Display digital speedometer gt Press button JM or Red repeatedly until the until digital soeedometer ap pears in the multifunction display AUDIO menu The functions in the AUDIO menu operate the audio equipment which you currently have turned on If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO OFF is shown in the multifunction display The following functions are available Function Page Select radio station 143 Select satellite radio station 143 USA only Select CD track 144 Select MP3 CD track 144 Select radio station gt Turn on COMAND and select radio Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Press bu
22. side the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the side air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the air bag be triggered Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and appropriate size in fant or child restraint system e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deacti vate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fa tal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injuries to you or other occu pants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety in formation Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the front passenger seat of your vehicle you must properly use a BabySm
23. 182 Power tilt sliding sunroof 202 Vehicle status message Automatic climate control 184 Opening and closing the power memory MENU ccccsssecceeseeees 153 Deactivating the climate tilt sliding SUNLOOF ecccce eee 202 Settings MENU cccccsseeecneeeeees 154 CONTROL SYSTEM asns 187 synchronizing the power Automatic tranSMiISSION cccseee 165 Setting the temperature 187 tilt sliding SUNOOF eccee eens 204 Gear selector lever position 167 Adjusting air distribution 188 Driving SySteEMS ccccccssseceneeees 205 Driving TDS cad ncaseansastealencnctevacenautts 169 Adjusting air volume 0eeeee 189 Cruise control cccceseccceeseeees 205 Gear ranges ssenssseessseersssersssees 170 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL 189 DIStrONIC syrene tiei en ais 208 Automatic shift program 171 Defrost orsus nR 189 Active Body Control ABC 220 Gear selector lever one touch Air recirculation mode 0006 190 Parktronic system gearshifting eeseeccceesseeeeneeee 172 Charcoal filter ccccssseeceeeeees 191 Parking assist ceeeeecceeeeeeeees 223 Steering wheel gearshift control Rear window defroster 193 one touch gear shifting Air CONCITIONING 0cccccneeeceeeeees 193 CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG 173 Residual heat and vent
24. 34 AdJUSTNE ei cccresvescoseetunsansaniadiasersecneenmance 37 OS a 37 Steering Wwheel esssesssseseeeesssess 42 NIT ONS asierea aoea 43 AV INNS cerssen 45 Fastening the seat belts 45 Starting the engine ec eeeee eens 48 Parking Drake cccccseseeeeeeeeeeees 50 TI VIING seriais 51 Switching on headlamp DZ Turn signals a rrcsccsadecateccortsenenianseenines 53 Windshield WIDEYPS cccsescceeeeees 54 Problems while driving 066 56 Parking and lOCKING ccseccceseeeeeeeee 57 Parking brake cccccsseeseeeeeeeeees 58 Switching off headlamps 58 Turning off the engine 06 58 Releasing seat belts cee 59 LOCKRING seccnssucecanciustiastieaencetaneataanonr 60 Safety and Security 0068 61 Occupant Safety cececccccesseeceeeeeees 62 PAU SOAS E 63 Seat belts cececcsssssecceeessereees 68 Children in the vehicle 664 72 Blocking of rear side windows operation issinicussanocausiedersiesieunasontanwn ions 78 Panic alarm srssesscsssasscenseedeencessnancneeeeseane 79 ACUVIUN S sinnsre 79 Deactivating cccceesesceceeseceeeeees 79 Driving safety SySteEMS cccsseeeeeees 80 AD eer 80 DA aa 81 Be Ps E soetuesoesstendeveceteee 82 Anti theft SySteMS ccccsssscccsseeeees 85 IMMODINIZEL ce ececccsseeeceeseceeeeees 85
25. Always keep sufficient dis tance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution control gt page 185 to di rect the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unpro tected skin Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the mode is selected gt page 193 Warning A N Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others The current climate control settings ON OFF temperature air volume ac tivated charcoal filter etc are stored for each SmartKey before it is removed from the starter switch or when the ve hicle is locked using the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 122 If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris Do not obstruct air volume by placing objects on the air volume through ex haust slots below the rear window When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the tempera ture air volume and air distribution
26. Anti theft alarm system 0 85 Tow away alarm ccceceeeecceeeeeeeeees 87 A Memory FUNCTION oaaaeaaeseeaoseeeessss Controls in detail ceeeeceeees Locking and UnIOCKING cecccee eee SmartKey srir SmartKey with KEYLESS G O Opening the doors from the MSO E reran eei Opening the trunk s sssssessseeesssess Closing the trunk cccccseeeeees Trunk emergency release Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid Automatic central locking Locking and unlocking from TNE inside cccesseeccecesssenceseees Easy entry exit feature Removing and installing front seat head restraints 00 Rear seat head restraints Lumbar SUpport see ssensseesseesseess Multicontour seats eese Seat NEAtING ccccesseccceeeecenes Seat ventilation eceeceecseee 89 122 Storing positions into memory 123 Recalling positions from memory 123 Storing exterior rear view mirror parking position 0 124 LEDUNG sierran 125 Exterior lamp switch 66 125 Combination switch 0006 129 Hazard warning flasher 130 Interior lighting eee eeeeeeeees 131 Courtesy lighting cccceeccceeeees 133 Door entry lamps ccceeeeeees 133 Trunk lighting cccccceesceeeeeeeees 133 Instrument CIUStEDP cece ceee
27. C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Operation Tires and wheels Checking tire inflation pressure Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the vehicle has been driven for several miles or sitting less than 3 hours the reading will be approximately 4 psi 0 3 bar higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire in flation pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read tire inflation pressure on tire gauge and check against the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 292 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure If you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then re
28. CL 55 AMG 9 1 US qt 8 6 I CL 600 8 2 US qt 7 7 CL 65 AMG 8 2 US qt 7 7 CL 500 1 7 US gt 1 6 1 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 CL 55 AMG 2 1 US qt 2 0 CL 600 2 1 US qt 2 0 CL 65 AMG 2 1 US qt 2 0 approx 4 2 US qt 4 0 I MB Hydraulic Fluid approx 1 1 US qt 1 01 MB Power Steering Fluid Pentosin CHF 11S approx 3 5 oz 100 g each High temperature roller bearing grease 0 7 US qt 0 7 I MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 Model Cooling system CL 500 CL 55 AMG CL 600 CL 65 AMG Low temperature cooling system CL 600 CL 65 AMG Fuel tank including a reserve of CL 500 and CL 600 including a reserve of CL55AMGandCL65 AMG Air conditioning system Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system Capacity approx 12 15 US qt approx 12 68 US qt approx 15 85 US qt approx 16 18 US qt 2 3 US qt 2 21 3 06 US gt 2 9 I 23 2 US gal 88 0 l 2 9 US gal 11 01 3 7 US gal 14 01 7 1 US qt 6 7 1 E a ea Oe Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc 11 51 12 01 15 0 1531 _ S S r Fuels coolants lubricants etc MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Wa
29. Deactivating the climate control sys tem Deactivating It is possible to completely deactivate the automatic climate control system gt Press button W gt page 185 The display shows 0 When the air conditioning is switched off the outside air supply and circula tion are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up Reactivating gt Press button W gt page 185 Setting the temperature Use temperature controls GO and gt page 185 to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small incre ments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C Increasing decreasing gt Press button 0 or 8 repeatedly up or down until the display shows the de sired temperature The automatic climate control system will accordingly adjust the interior air temperature Adjusting the temperature for center air vents When outside temperatures are low you can manually raise the air temperature for the center and side air vents The thumbwheel is located between the center air vents gt page 184 Controls in detail Automatic climate control Automatic temperature control gt Turn thumbwheel 4 to A The indicator lamp above the thumb wheel comes on The temperature is automatically adjusted to the set value Turning on warm air gt Turn thumbwheel
30. In this section you will find information on the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e BAS Brake Assist System e ESP Electronic Stability Program In winter operation the maximum ef fectiveness of the ABS BAS and the ESP is only achieved with winter tires gt page 313 or snow chains as re quired Warning A N The following factors increase the risk of ac cidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The ABS BAS and ESP cannot reduce this risk Always adjust your driving style to the pre vailing road and weather conditions ABS Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pump ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of ap proximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will re spond even to light brake pressure The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster gt page 24 comes on when you switch on the ignition gt page 34 It goes out when the engine is running Braking At the instant one of the wheels is abo
31. Standing water Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth Before driving through water determine its depth Never accelerate before driving into water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equip ment thus damaging them If you must drive through standing wa ter drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such dam age is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Passenger compartment A Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible Warning In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The trunk is the preferred place to carry ob jects Driving abroad Abroad there is an extensive Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to drive into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio trans mitters COMAND radio and telephone AN Warni
32. TIS Aid ses citi dross Sussasesaesiconseaanddcaats 241 PIE SU CUO se caved en cesesnseeecsaceeencans 264 headlamp cleaning system 282 Garage door Opener eesse 249 Tire speed rating eesse 264 Tires and wheels sssseseeeeeeeeeees 283 Infrared reflecting windshield 256 Winter driving instructions 265 Important guidelines 0 283 Standing water 266 Tire care and maintenance 284 Passenger compartment 267 Direction of rotation 286 Driving abroad 267 Loading the vehicle 66 286 Control and operation of Recommended tire inflation radio transmitters ssssisissaiisicssis 267 PrESSUFE sssseesseesseesseeseeeseesseesseees 292 Catalytic converter 268 Checking tire inflation pressure 294 Emission Control eeeeeeeeees 268 Tire labeling ccccccceseessseeeeeenss 299 Load identification 06 303 DOT Tire Identification Number E T errr ee pene err ere 304 Maximum tire load ccccceeeees 305 Maximum tire inflation pressure 306 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles 306 Tire ply material cccceeeeeee eee 308 Tire and loading terminology 309 Rotating tires ccceccccssseeeeeeeees 312 Winter driving ccceseccccssssecreeseees 313 Winter tires cccccssssceceeseeceees 313 Block heater Canada only 314 SNOW CHAINS
33. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle capacity weight Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ibs times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Operation Tires and wheels Rotating tires A Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension Warning If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 286 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configu ration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended in tervals in the tire manufacturers warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if ne
34. The doors unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact ex ceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle e is pushed or towed e is ona test stand You can deactivate the automatic locking using the control system gt page 162 Locking and unlocking from the inside You can lock or unlock the doors and the trunk from inside using the central locking or unlocking switch This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle be fore starting to drive The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or un locked with the central locking or unlock ing switch respectively Warning J When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave chil dren unattended in the vehicle or with ac cess to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an ac cident and or serious personal injury The switches are located on the upper part of the front center console M e Central locking unlocking switches 1 Central locking switch 2 Central unlocking switch Locking gt Press central locking switch Q If both doors are closed the vehicl
35. You will then be protect ed by the fastened seat belts The passenger front air bag will only be de ployed if e the front passenger seat is occupied e the EET indicator lamp in the lower part of the front center console is not lit gt page 74 e the impact exceeds a preset deploy ment threshold Safety and Security Occupant safety Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Side impact air bags P91 60 2703 31 1 Side impact air bags Safety and Security Occupant safety The side impact air bags are deployed e in impacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold e onthe impacted side of the vehicle e independently of the front air bags The side impact air bags are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the sys tem s deployment threshold The front passenger side impact air bag will only deploy if the system senses that the front passenger seat is occupied Window curtain air bags P91 60 2704 31 1 Window curtain air bag The side window curtain air bags are de ployed e in impacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold on the impacted side of the vehicle independently of the front air bags e in certain vehicle rollovers The side window curtain air bags are not deployed
36. authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display FUNCTION UNAVAILABLE TANK OPEN CHECK TEOL ERTCAR TRUNK OPEN WASHER FLUID CEC EEEE Possible cause consequence This display appears if button or on the multifunction steering wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky This message will appear whenever the trunk is open The fluid level has dropped to about H of total reservoir capacity Possible solution gt Check the fuel cap gt page 270 If it is not closed properly gt Close the fuel cap If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Close the trunk gt Add washer fluid gt page 282 Tire inflation pressure monitor messages Display TIRE PRES MONITOR REACTIVE AFTER CORRECTING PRESSURE URE PNeSoulMe DISPLAY ONLY AVAILABLE WHEN IGNITION IS ON TIRE PRES MONITOR Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution There was a tire inflation pressure warning gt Activate the tire inflation pressure monitor message after correcting the tire inflation pressure The yellow warning lamp for the tire infla saie PEE 2
37. distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 2 towards BFA Distance warning function When Distronic is deactivated this func tion will continue to warn you when recog nizing a slower vehicle moving in the vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning sounds If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead When pressing the brake pedal the warn ing sound stops The warning sound also stops when the distance to the vehicle ahead is sufficient again without applying the brake pedal In this case the distance warning lamp also extinguishes Controls in detail Driving systems Activating Driving with Distronic Warning J i T gt Press button EJ This section describes a number of driving If the distance warning lamp in the in Indicator lamp on the button comes on elauons where special precaunioy saul strument cluster comes on while driving A loudspeaker symbol appears in the ee On ane par a ine ai a oa and or an intermittent warning sounds im multifunction display gt page 212 pared to brake in such situations This will mediate attention on the part of the driver is deactivate the Distronic system required As required by the traffic situation Deactivating ape the brakes and navigate aroung a pos e E E E Warning A
38. gt Park the vehicle as far as possible from moving traffic on a hard flat surface when possible Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position Set the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to position P Vehicles with SmartKey gt Turn off the engine gt page 59 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO button on the gear se lector lever once gt page 59 gt Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Vehicles with SmartKey gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Mounting the spare wheel Warning A N Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted When driving with spare wheel mounted en sure proper tire inflation pressure The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12000 miles 20000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an acci dent and possible injuries The spare wheel should only be used tempo rarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickly as possible Additional information for CL 55
39. gt page 200 and Convenience closing feature gt page 200 Depending on current position the win dows may also open or close when the air recirculation button or the charcoal filter button EM in the climate control panel gt page 185 is pressed and held Operating the rear side windows from the rear is not possible if you activate the override switch gt page 78 With the SmartKey in starter switch po sition O or removed from the starter switch the door windows can be oper ated e until you open the driver s or pas senger door e for at least 5 minutes gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Opening the power windows gt Press switch Q to at the symbol B to the resistance point The corresponding window will move downwards until you release the switch Closing the power windows gt Press switch Q to at the symbol AN to the resistance point The corresponding window will move upwards until you release the switch A If you press and hold the switch up when closing a door window and upward move ment of the window is blocked by some ob struction including but not limited to arms hands fingers etc the automatic reversal will not operate Warning Fully opening the power windows Express open gt Press switch Q to at the symbol V past the resistance point and release The corresponding window opens com pletely Fully closing
40. locking if e neither a door nor the trunk is opened e the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch e the central locking switch is not acti vated Global locking gt Press button eg With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey so that pressing only unlocks the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 5 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as fol lows Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap gt Press button once All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knob in the driver s door moves up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global unlocking gt Press button twice All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global locking gt Press button eg With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 6 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehicl
41. p i resulting from excessive speed in turns fol i f W plying brakes to the appropriate wheel and e While driving ease up on the accelera lowing another vehicle too closely or hydro oes l i l by limiting the engine output the ESP tor P a e n a works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is ivi driver can prevent accidents The capabili oe 9 seeo1 Welle a GIT ATUE SBE we especially useful while driving off and on the prevailing road conditions ties of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehicle during braking maneuvers safety or the safety of others The ESP cannot prevent accidents result The ESP warning lamp inthe instru ing from excessive speed ment cluster flashes when the ESP is en gaged The ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition gt page 34 It goes out when the engine is running Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid For more information see the Practical hints gt page 328 Warning A N The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillf
42. page 294 If necessary change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Y Where will I find First aid kit The first aid kit is located in the storage compartment under the front passenger seat Lid 2 Buttons Removing the first aid kit gt Press buttons 2 together and fold lid down gt Remove first aid kit Practical hints Where will I find Storing the first aid kit gt Place first aid kit in the storage com partments gt Close lid Q until both buttons of lock engage Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items Practical hints Where will I find Vehicle jack vehicle tool kit luggage i Vehicle jack bowl spare wheel To prevent damage always disengage trunk floor handle from trunk edge and 70 prepare the vehicle jack for use lower trunk floor before closing the gt Remove the vehicle jack from the spare trunk wheel well under the trunk floor The spare wheel the vehicle tool kit and the luggage bowl are stored in the com partment underneath the trunk floor ee Push the crank handle up The vehicle tool kit includes gt Turn the crank handle clockwise until it e One interchangeable slot Phillips engages operational position screwdriver e One towing eye bolt e One wheel bolt wrench
43. system To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch e Press button or on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the ve hicle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Opening the trunk Opening the trunk from the outside A minimum height clearance of 6 3 ft 1 90 m is required to open the trunk lid The trunk lock button is located in the rear license plate recess P80 20 2398 31 C Trunk lock In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The ve hicle must be unlocked gt Press trunk lock Q The trunk opens Controls in detail Locking and unlocking The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure that there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk opening closing system To stop the opening proce dure press button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The trunk can also be opened using button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or from its inside in an emergency see Trunk emergency release gt page 109 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the trunk from the inside You can open the trunk from the inside if the vehicle is stationary A minimum height clearance of 6 3 ft 1
44. 90 m is required to open the trunk lid The remote trunk opening closing switch is located on the driver s door 1 Indicator lamp 2 Remote trunk opening closing switch gt Pull switch until trunk begins to open The trunk opens The indicator lamp Q comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk opening closing system To stop the opening proce dure press or pull remote trunk open ing closing switch 2 o The trunk can also be opened using button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or from its inside in an emergency see Trunk emergency release gt page 109 Limiting opening height of trunk lid Vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem The trunk lid opening height can be limited when transporting goods on a roof rack e g presence of an accessory MB sport luggage container When activated the trunk lid opens to approximately the height of the roof edge gt Activate the limiting opening height of trunk lid using the control system gt page 163 Closing the trunk Closing the trunk from the inside auto matically In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk from the in side using the remote trunk opening closing switch gt Press the remote trunk opening clos ing switch gt pag
45. AMG CL 65 AMG and vehicles with Sport Package The dimensions of the spare wheel are dif ferent from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Preparing the vehicle gt Take vehicle tool kit tray and vehicle jack out of trunk gt Take the spare wheel out of wheel well gt page 371 Lifting the vehicle gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks not included or other sizeable ob jects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable suitable objects in front of and one be hind the wheel that is diagonally oppo site to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should cir cumstances require you to do so ona hill place the wheel chocks or other sizeable suitable objects as follows gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable suitable objects on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the axle not being worked on Practical hints Flat tire A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to
46. AMG 6 34 US qt 6 0 6 97 US qt 6 6 CL 65 AMG main cooling system 8 08 US gt 7 651 8 9 US qt 8 42 I CL 65 AMG low temperature cooling system 1 53 US qt 1 451 1 7 US qt 1 6 I Windshield washer system and head Both the windshield and headlamp washer systems are supplied from the windshield washer fluid reservoir The windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir has a capacity of approx 7 1 US qt 6 7 I gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or con centrate and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient tem peratures Warning A N Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water e 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters water For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters solvent ABC Active Body Control Active computer controlled system that hydraulicall
47. Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the belt under your arm Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips over hip joint and not across the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a nearly up right position Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a per son and another object at the same time When using a seat belt to secure infant or toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions Getting started Driving Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing A Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Warning Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Getting started
48. BabySmart Air bag deactivation system 74 Compatible child seats 427 Self test 74 Backrest Power seats 37 Power seats Multicontour 117 Backrest supports Shoulder region Multicontour seats 117 Backup lamps Replacing bulbs 379 383 Bar 309 BAS 81 427 Batteries SmartKey Checking battery condition 93 Replacing 376 Battery SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Checking battery condition 99 Replacing 377 Battery Vehicle 281 391 Charging 392 Disconnecting 392 Jump starting 394 Message in display 345 Reconnecting 393 Reinstalling 392 Removing 392 Bead 309 Beverage holder see Cup holder Bi Xenon headlamps see Headlamps Block heater Canada only 314 Brake Assist System see BAS Brake fluid 420 Brake warning lamp 329 Checking 271 Message in display 346 Brake lamp High mounted 379 Messages in display 354 Replacing bulbs 379 Brake pads Message in display 346 Brakes 260 High performance brake system CL 65 AMG only 261 Warning lamp 329 Break in the vehicle 258 Bulbs replacing Side marker lamps front 382 Bulbs replacing see Replacing bulbs C CAC 427 California retail buyers and lessees impor tant notice for 11 Can holder see Cup holder CAN system 428 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 418 Cargo area see Trunk Cargo tie down hooks Carpets cleaning 325 Catalytic converter 268 CD changer 145 Central locking Automatic 110 162 Locking unlocking from inside Central locking unlocking switches Certification labe
49. Display The BNE SSUES ie CAUTION TIRE PRES TIRE PRESSURE he CHECK TIRES A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Warning Possible cause consequence The right front tire is deflating The right front tire inflation pressure is low You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Possible solution gt Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 294 If necessary change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Display RESP RES CURE IR GUNN EE PIE TIRE PRESSURES ER CRECE AIRE A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Warning Possible cause consequence The left rear tire is deflating The left rear tire inflation pressure is low You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What t
50. Driving button gt page 35 and open the driver s door with the driv er s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from the starter switch before attempting to remove any blockage e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If windshield wipers fail to function at all in the combination switch position I e Set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed e Have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 282 Getting started Driving Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be op erating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it gt Give very little gas Have the problem repaired by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible and turn off the en gine Allow engine and coolant to cool gt Check the coolant level and add cool ant if necessary gt page 280 Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning message in the
51. LEVEL OK e ADD 1 0 QT TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 1 0 LITER e ADD 1 5 QIS TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 1 5 LITERS Operation Engine compartment e ADD 2 0 QTS TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 2 0 LITERS If you want to interrupt the checking procedure press the BVA or aN but ton on the multifunction steering wheel If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil gt page 278 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 418 and gt page 420 Operation Engine compartment Other display messages If the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 is not in po sition 2 the following message will appear FOR ENGINE OIL LEVEL SWITCH IGNITION ON gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 If you see the message PERF SERV ON TIME If you see the message ENGINE UIL LEVEL NOT WHEN ENGINE ON gt gt Turn off the engine If the engine is at operating tempera ture wait 5 minutes before checking oil If the engine is not at operating temper ature yet you must wait 30 minutes be fore checking oil gt If engine is at operating temperature Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the en gine and catalytic converter not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Perform the engine oil level check with the dipstick CL 500 and CL 55 AMG o
52. Load lim it data are specific to each vehicle and Do not overload the tires by exceeding the may vary from data shown in the illus specified load limit or vehicle capacity trations below Refer to placard on ve weight as indicated on the placard on the hicle for actual data specific to your driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires vehicle can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example A ra rs 3 70R ZO0KPA 295 ADDITIONAL SPARE T125 70015 AZORPA 6075 INFORMATION P40 00 2062 31 1 Load limit information on the Tire and Loading Information placard The placard showing the load limit informa tion is located on the driver s door B pillar If your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on this placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example B Seating capacity The seating capacity gives you import
53. Number agreement and placing an acquain gt page 311 The number set by the manufacturer tance call and placed on the body to uniquely The Tele Aid system is operational pro Traction identify each vehicle produced vided that the vehicle s battery is gt page 311 Voice control system charged properly connected not dam Tread Voice control system for car phones aged and cellular and GPS coverage is gt page 311 portable cell phones and audio sys aNelans Treadwear indicators tems radio CD etc gt page 311 A ABC 220 427 Messages indisplay 339 Setting vehicle level 221 Suspension tuning 220 ABS 80 427 Indicator lamp 328 Messages indisplay 341 Accelerator position Automatic transmission 169 Accessory weight 309 Accident 56 Active Body Control see ABC Additional turn signals Replacing bulbs 379 Airbags 63 BabySmart air bag deactivation system 74 427 Children 64 Front 67 Safety guidelines 66 Side impact 67 Window curtain 68 Air cleaner see Air filter Air conditioning refrigerant 419 420 Air conditioning system see Automatic cli mate control Air conditioning Cooling 193 Air distribution 188 Air filter Message in display 341 Air recirculation mode 190 Air vents 185 196 Airvolume 189 Alarm system see Anti theft alarm system Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 370 389 427 Anticorrosion antifreeze 423 424 Antiglare Rear view mirror 178 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft alarm sys
54. QT OIL AT FILLING STATION Canada 1 0 LITER appears while the engine is running and at operating temperature the engine oil level has dropped to approximately the mini mum level Possible cause consequence The engine oil has dropped to a critical level There is water in the engine oil The measuring system is malfunctioning When this occurs the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further Visually check for oil leaks If no obvious oil leaks are noted drive to the nearest ser vice station where the engine oil should be topped to the required level with an ap proved oil specified in the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet Possible solution gt Check the engine oil level gt page 275 and add engine oil as required gt page 278 gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks gt Have the engine oil checked gt Have the measuring system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Display ENTRY POSITION DO NOT DRIVE HOOD OPEN REMOVE KEY REPLACEEKEY DRIVE TO WORKSHOP AUTOMATIC LIGHT ON REMOVE KEY KEY CHECK BATTERY KEY NOT RECOGNIZED Possible cause consequence Seat exterior m
55. The anti theft alarm system is dis If lock lock th gt Press and hold buttons and armed ee E A vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO then the battery of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is dis The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO will gt Press lock button on an outside door charged the SmartKey with then function as follows handle gt page 60 KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained simultaneously for about 6 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice Global locking f With the trunk and all doors closed all Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler fI turn signal lamps flash three times The e Check the battery of the SmartKey an locking knobs in the doors move down with KEYLESS GO and replace them gt Grasp the driver s outside door handle The anti theft alarm system is armed if necessary gt page 377 All turn signal lamps flash once The e Use the mechanical key to unlock locking knob in the driver s door moves up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed the driver s door gt page 372 and hicle using th You can also lock the vehicle using the the trunk gt page 373 lock button on the trunk lid gt page 99 or vehicles with trunk opening closing e Use the mechanical key to lock the system KEYLESS GO locking closing driver s door gt page 372 switch gt page 107 e Have the vehicle battery and the battery connections checked If the batte
56. Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchases the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identifica tion mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufac turers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only le in 1 6 mm of tread remains Operation Tires and wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures
57. You are too close to the vehicle in front of Apply the brakes immediately to in The red distance warning lamp you to maintain selected speed crease the following distance comes on while driving Only vehicles with Distronic e You are gaining too rapidly on the vehi Apply the brakes immediately Une tie eee au ae ole eine oir yeu Carefully observe the traffic situation Sener ie en ee The distance warning system has recog You may need to brake or maneuver to hear a warning sound ae nized a stationary obstacle on your avoid hitting an obstacle probable line of travel The yellow ESP warning lamp The ESP or traction control has come into gt When driving off apply as little throttle flashes while driving operation because of detected traction loss as possible A ali URIS cne We gt While driving ease up on the accelera Distronic is deactivated tor gt Adapt your speed and driving to the pre vailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 83 Failure to follow these instructions increas es the risk of an accident Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The yellow ESP warning lamp The ESP switched off Risk of accident SEMEL HAINES Cohan gt Switch the ESP back on gt page 84 gt Adapt your speed and driving to the pre vailing road and weather conditions If the ESP cannot be swit
58. and tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Summer opening feature gt page 200 and Convenience clos ing feature gt page 200 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Important notes on using KEYLESS GO You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 90 You can combine KEYLESS GO func tions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with the button Always carry the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you Never store the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO together with e Electronic items such as a cellular phone or another SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e Metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within ap proximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk lid In order to start the engine with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle e All doors must be closed e The brake pedal must be firmly de pressed Do not depress the accel erator If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 you can only turn it off again with this button even if you have put the SmartKey in the starter switch in the meantime This does not apply if after starting the gear s
59. are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire Warning A N Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance 1 Treadwear 2 Traction 3 Temperature resistance For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For ex ample a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 Ta times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Operation Tires and wheels Traction The traction grades
60. box in the direction of arrow gt Remove cover rearward Closing gt Press cover back on until it engages Fuse boxes in engine compartment There are three fuse boxes located in the engine compartment in front of the firewall dividing wall between engine compart ment and passenger compartment e one box on the driver s side e two boxes on the front passenger side Fuse box driver s side 1 Cover Slide Practical hints Fuses Fuse box front passenger side 1 Cover 2 Slide gt To open push slides 2 to symbol and remove cover Q To close replace cover Q and press it down and push both slides to symbol fey Bg The cover 1 must fit properly and the slides 2 must be positioned at symbol MAN as otherwise moisture or dirt may impair the functionality of the fuses Additional fuse box front passenger side 3 Tabs 4 Cover gt To open press tabs 3 together and remove cover 4 gt To close place cover 4 and push it down until it engages The cover 4 must fit properly as oth erwise moisture or dirt may impair the functionality of the fuses Technical data Parts service Warranty coverage Identification labels Layout of poly V belt drive Engine Rims and Tires Electrical system Main dimensions and weights Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data Parts service The Technical data sectio
61. compressor etc from the engine Power train Collective term designating all compo nents used to generate and transmit motive power to the drive axles includ ing e Engine e Clutch torque converter e Transmission e Transfer case e Drive shaft e Differential e Axle shafts axles Production options weight gt page 310 Program mode selector switch Used to switch the automatic transmis sion between standard operation S and comfort operation C CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG with steer ing wheel gearshift control and manual shift program in addition to S and C see above you can use M for manual operation PSI Pounds per square inch gt page 310 Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 310 REST Residual engine heat utilization Feature that uses the engine heat stored in the coolant to heat the vehi cle interior for a short time after the en gine has been turned off Restraint systems Seat belts belt tensioners air bags and child restraint systems As inde pendent systems their protective func tions complement one another Rim gt page 310 RON Research Octane Number The Research Octane Number for gaso line as determined by a standardized method It is an indication of a gaso line s ability to resist undesired detona tion knocking The average of both the gt MON Motor Octane Number and RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANT
62. consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency for use in dispute resolution involving DaimlerChrysler its affiliates or sales service organization and or as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system At a glance Cockpit Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Center console Overhead control panel Door control panel At a glance Cockpit a OQ 00 N __ ae i 6 TC Bi ee a 10 ee s a foe Aig Bed ee ak F or fe i fos sO ffi Ya 1 _oom oq_ _ __ nn qe F Pal e fay ao iy p Fi ri A f i 4 i ii aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaasasasasasasasasasasasasasiIiIiIsei 1 j i d am piia A l T P S N j Pa _ cp F o gt X 2 j _ eru i Sai P i m E od i ii _ I 3 Pog 00 3740 Item Combination switch e Turn signals e Windshield wipers e High beam Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG only Page 53 54 129 212 205 208 24 26 Is 0000000 OO Item Lever for voice control sys tem see separate operat ing instruct
63. device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Warning A N Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Only use Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed Warning A N Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slip pery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet Warning Close attention to road and traffic condi tions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not Distronic is activated Use of Distronic can be dangerous on wind ing roads or in heavy traffic because condi tions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Controls i
64. doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed If the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours you must pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEYLESS GO function gt Get in the vehicle 1 For more information see Locking and Opening a door causes the windows on unlocking gt page 94 that side of the car to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed Getting started Unlocking Starter switch positions Warning J When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury SmartKey Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrical con sumers such as seat adjustment 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instru ment cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster re mains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to L
65. drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Operation Driving instructions Pedals A Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement Warning Power assistance A With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Warning Operation Driving instructions Brakes To help prevent brake disk corrosion after If the parking brake is released and the driving on wet road surfaces particularly brake warning lamp in the instrument clus salted roads it is advisable to brake the ter stays on the brake fluid level in the res Warning AN vehicle with considerable force prior to ervoir is too low iParking The heat generated serves todry 1 pad wear or a leak in the system may After driving in heavy rain for some time the brakes be the reason for low brake fluid in the res If your brake system is normally only sub ervoir jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also without applying the brakes or through wa ter deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action
66. dure can be interrupted by moving the seat adjustment switch gt page 38 in the door control panel or by moving the release lever again Warning A N The seat belts provide protection only with the backrest locked in place Therefore the backrest must be locked in place with the vehicle in motion Do not drive the vehicle when the backrest is not locked in place If the warning message SEAT BACKREST RIGHT LOCK or SEAT BACKREST LEFT LOCK Getting started Adjusting Now use memory button gt page 123 is displayed in the multifunction display The power seats can also be operated with then the respective backrest is not engaged the driver s or passenger door open Do not or seat adjustment switch gt page 38 in its lock Carefully slow down and drive leave children unattended in the vehicle or to bring the seat into the desired posi with caution to an area which is in a safe dis with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu tion tance from the roadway Always provide suf pervised use of vehicle equipment may When folding the backrest forward ficient room behind the backrest and fold cause an accident and or serious personal from a reclined position and then fold the backrest all the way back until it locks in injury ing it back the backrest stops in a place Never place hands under seat or near any more upright position for the safety of The warning message is no longer displayed moving parts during a seat adj
67. engine is running the indica Cle from moving possibly hitting people or wards the curb tor lamp USA only or objects OE Canada only in the instrument Always set the parking brake in addition to cluster will be illuminated shifting to position P gt page 48 Turning off with the SmartKey gt Turnthe SmartKey in the starter switch gt page 34 to position 0 and remove it The immobilizer is activated The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P With the SmartKey removed and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the vehicle s exterior lamps are not switched off Turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO gt Place the gear selector lever in position P Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton gt page 35 to shut off the engine With the driver s door closed the start er switch is now in position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch gt page 34 If you hear a warning signal you have either e forgotten to turn off the lights be fore opening the drivers door or e tried to turn off the engine while the gear selector lever is not in P Turn off the lights or place the gear selector lever in P Getting started Parking and locking Releasing seat belts gt Press the seat belt release button gt page
68. except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated as well as the multifunction dis play to come on Make sure the lamps and multifunction display are in work ing order before starting your journey On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may ap pear in the malfunction display For your convenience the messages are di vided into two sections e Text messages gt page 339 e Symbol messages gt page 345 Practical hints What to do if Text messages Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution ABC ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The capability of the ABC system is restrict Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h DRIVE CAREFULLY ed This can impair the handling gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The vehicle is losing oil gt Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do SO ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The vehicle is parked on an extremely gt Press the vehicle level control button to se STOP CAR TOO LOW uneven surface and or is heavily laden lect level 2 gt page 222 You can continue to drive if the vehicle raised and the message disappears gt Set the desired vehicle level using the vehicle level control button Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution ABC ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC is malfunct
69. eye bolt Store towing eye bolt and wheel wrench in trunk Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed tow ing eye bolt Never attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chas sis frame or suspension parts Installing cover 2 Cover on right side of rear bumper gt Fit cover and snap into place Vv Fuses Fuses are designed to protect the electri cal circuits in your vehicle from a short cir cuit If a fuse is blown the component s and systems controlled by that fuse will stop working The following aids are available to help you replace fuses gt page 399 e Fuse chart e Spare fuses e Special fuse extractor A Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz and which have the specified amperage Using other fuses may cause an overload and lead to a fire or cause damage to elec trical components and or systems Warning Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Your vehicle s electrical fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Inthe dashboard on the passenger side gt page 400 e Inthe rear passenger compartment un der the right rear seat gt page 400 e Inthe engine compartment on the driv er s side gt page 401 e Inthe engine compartment on the pas senger side gt page 401 Practical hints Fuses Aids for replacing fuses Fuse chart
70. fails to come on during the lamp self check when switching on the Possible cause consequence The ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off The BAS and the ESP are also switched off see messages in multi function display The brake system is still functioning nor mally but without the ABS available If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems such as Parktronic Distronic and the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning The charging voltage has fallen below 10 volts and the ABS has switched off The battery may not be charged sufficiently ignition have the respective bulb checked and replaced if necessary Suggested solution gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Read and observe messages in the mul tifunction display gt page 337 gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increas es the risk of an accident gt Switch off electrical consumers that are currently not needed e g seat heat ing gt If necessary have the generator alternator and battery checked When the voltage is above this value again the ABS is operational again Problem The red brake warning USA only lamp comes on while driving and you hear a eee Canada only warning sound The red brake warning lamp come
71. following our rec ommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Maintenance Booklet To prevent damage to the catalytic con verters use only premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be dealt with prompt ly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and potentially start a fire Warning As with any vehicle do not idle park or op erate this vehicle in areas where combusti ble materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly ac cording to factory specifications Any ad justments to the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized techni cians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly accord ing to Mercedes Benz servicing require ments For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet Warning A N Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and poss
72. for more than 72 hours you must pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEYLESS GO function The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of un locking if neither a door nor the trunk is opened the central locking switch is not acti vated Controls in detail Locking and unlocking The vehicle could inadvertently be un locked if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and e an outside door handle is splashed with water or e you attempt to clean an outside door handle Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handle gt page 60 or trunk lid gt page 99 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Selective setting Global unlocking Restoring to factory setting If you frequently travel alone youmay wish Grasp the outside door handle onthe gt Press and hold buttons and to reprogram the SmartKey with passenger side simultaneously for about 6 seconds un KEYLESS GO so when you grasp the driv til battery check lamp flashes twice ae All turn signal lamps flash once The er s outside door handle only the driver s locking knobs in the doors move up T door and the fuel filler flap unlocks
73. from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h CL 500 and CL 600 with Sport Package standard on U S vehicles and Appearance Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG Your vehicle is factory equipped with min Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h For information on speed rating for win ter tires see Winter driving gt page 313 For additional general information on tire speed markings on tire sidewall see Tire speed rating gt page 311 Operation Driving instructions Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move the gear selector lever to position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 314 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and r
74. from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades rep resent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Warning Operation Tires and wheels Temperature The temperature grades are A the high est B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and ex cessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning A N The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underin flation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and
75. gear position Automatic Children in the vehicle 72 Maintenance service indicator 315 transmission 48 165 167 Fastening the seat belt 45 Parking brake 345 New vehicle break in 258 Front passenger front air bag off indica Parking lamps 357 Night security illumination 160 torlamp 74 Power tilt sliding sunroof 359 Normal occupant weight 310 Infant and child restraint systems 72 Reverse lamps 35 7 Number vehicle identification VIN 406 LATCH type child seat anchors 77 Seat belts 359 Seat belts 45 66 Selector lever 344 Odometer 135 Side marker lamps 356 Oil see Engine oil SmartKey 353 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 353 One touch gearshifting 172 Operating safety 16 Taillamps 357 Ornamental moldings cleaning 321 Tele Aid 359 Outside temperature indicator 25 136 Telephone 360 Overdue maintenance service 316 Tires 361 Overhead control panel 29 Trunk 360 Overspeed range Engine 430 Turn signallamps 358 Washer fluid 360 Multifunction steering wheel 138 430 Button operation 138 P Paintwork Cleaning 319 Panic alarm 79 Parcel net Front passenger footwell 234 Trunk 234 Parking 57 262 Parking assist see Parktronic Parking brake 50 58 Message in display 345 Warning sounds 51 329 Parking lamps 125 Messages in display 35 7 Replacing bulbs 379 382 383 Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors 180 Gear position Automatic transmission 48 165 167 Parktronic 223 430 Activating deactivating 226 Cleaning system sensors
76. hints 327 Premium unleaded gasoline 271 419 421 Problems While driving 56 With vehicle 17 Product information 9 Production options weight 310 Program mode selector switch 431 Automatic shift program 171 PSI 310 Push starting 394 R Radio Selecting stations 143 Selecting stations Satellite radio 143 Radio transmitters 267 Range distance to empty 152 Reading lamps 132 Rear door windows Blocking operation 78 Rear fog lamp 379 383 Switching on 128 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear seat ashtray see Ashtrays Rear seat head restraints see Head re straints Rear view mirrors see Mirrors Rear window defroster 193 Rear window sunshade 182 Recommended tire inflation pressure 292 310 Recovery services Stolen vehicle Tele Aid 249 Refrigerant Air conditioning 419 420 Refueling 270 Regular checks 271 Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control SmartKey 90 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 94 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 248 Replacing bulbs 378 Additional turn signals 379 Backup lamps 379 383 Brake lamp 379 Foglamps 379 Front turn signal bulb 382 High beam flasher bulb 382 High beam headlamps 379 High mounted brake lamp 379 License plate lamp 379 383 Low beam 379 Parking lamps 379 382 383 Rear fog lamp 383 Side marker lamps 379 Standing lamps 379 382 383 Tail lamp assemblies 379 383 Turn signallamps 379 383 Reporting safety defects 18 Research Octane Number see RON
77. in the direction of the white marking Warm air will enter from the center air vent Turning on cooler air gt Turnthumbwheel in the direction of the blue marking Cooler air will enter from the center air vent Controls in detail Automatic climate control Adjusting air distribution gt Turn the marking on the regulator to gt Make sure left and right button Mg the desired symbol emerges The ma ES WAM and BA sym bols become visible Press left and right button EN Set blower to the maximum speed Use the air distribution controls and gt page 185 to separately adjust the air distribution on each side of the passenger compartment The following symbols are found on the controls The air will be directed to the vents cor responding to this symbol Adjusting automatically gt Press left or right button WA until it Symbol ma Function Directs air through the cen ter air vents Directs air to the windows Directs air into the entire vehicle interior clicks in The ma ES AW and BA sym bols are no longer visible The air distribution is adjusted auto matically Adjust left and right air vents 4 and 7 upwards gt page 184 Increase temperature setting Open the side air vents 9 and direct them onto the side windows gt page 184 Windows fogged on the inside gt Press button to switch on the air conditioning gt page 185 V Dir
78. jack support tube cover gt gt Slide tongue of cover under the upper edge of the tube opening Applying even pressure press cover until it snaps into place Be careful not to damage the locking tabs or clamp the plastic retaining strap You can also store and secure the dam aged wheel in the spare wheel well in the trunk Do not activate the tire inflation pres sure monitor until the depressurized tire is no longer in the vehicle Y Battery A Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injury or death Warning Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc A Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Warning Use leak proof battery only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Warning Never loosen or detach battery termi nal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be se verely damaged Have the battery checked re
79. lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We rec ommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Practical hints Replacing bulbs High beam flasher bulb gt Press ends of housing cover tab to gether and remove cover Press connector 2 downward Remove connector 2 with the bulb Insert the new bulb so that the base lo cates in the recess on the holder From below press connector 2 with bulb upward onto the reflector Align housing cover Q and click into place Front turn signal bulb gt Turn bulb socket 4 counterclockwise and pull out Gently push bulb into bulb socket turn counterclockwise and remove Insert new bulb in bulb socket push in and twist clockwise Reinsert bulb socket 4 in lamp and twist clockwise Parking and standing lamp bulb Replacing bulbs for rear lamps gt Press ends of housing cover Q tab to gether and remove cover gt Pull out the bulb socket with the bulb Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following first gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WE gt page 52 gt Open the trunk gt page 101 Insert a new bulb in the socket 3 Reinstall the bulb socket 3 v v vy iv Align housing cover Q and click into place Front side marker lamp bulbs Since replacing the side marker lamp bul
80. light than filament headlamps Bi Xenon headlamps produce low beam and high beam CAC Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz customer service cen ter which can help you with any ques tions about your vehicle and provide assistance in the event of a break down CAN system Controller Area Network Data bus network serving to control ve hicle functions such as door locking or windshield wiping Cockpit All instruments switches buttons and indicator warning lamps in the passen ger compartment needed for vehicle operation and monitoring Cold tire inflation pressure gt page 309 COMAND Cockpit Management and Data system Information and operating center for vehicle sound and communications systems including the radio and navi gation system as well as other optional equipment CD changer telephone etc Control system The control system is used to call up vehicle information and to change component settings Information and messages appear in the multifunction display The driver uses the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to navigate through the system and to ad just settings Cruise control Driving convenience system that auto matically maintains the vehicle speed set by the driver Curb weight gt page 309 Distronic A driving convenience cruise control system which helps the driver maintain a pre selected speed e lf there is no vehicle directly ahead the sys
81. load The tongue load of any trailer is an impor tant weight to measure because it affects the load you can carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is 10 percent of the trailer weight and every thing loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recom mend trailer towing with your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 286 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be ad justed on cold tires The tires can be con sidered cold if the
82. make it advisable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger Ous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems 1 Sets current or higher speed 2 Sets current or lower speed 3 Cancels cruise control 4 Resumes at last set speed Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed Briefly lift the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q or depress in the direction of arrow 2 The current speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately 5 seconds and the corresponding speed ometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illumi nated On uphill or downhill grades cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed Canceling cruise control There are several ways to cancel
83. mark 3 Tire size 4 Tire type code at the option of the tire manufacturer Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol gt page 304 which denotes the tire meets require ments of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer s identification mark The manufacturer s identification mark gt page 304 denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four sym bols For more information on retreaded tires gt page 283 Tire size The code 3 gt page 304 indicates the tire size Tire type code The code gt page 304 may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture G gt page 304 identifies the week and year of manufac ture The first two figures identify the week starting with 0 1 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 Maximum tire load 1 Maximum tire load rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data sh
84. may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected braking ef fect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles Have the brake system inspected immedi ately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center enhance the grip of the brake pads All checks and service work on the brake UD MUCH system should be carried out by qualified Resting your foot on the brake pedal will technicians only Contact an authorized cause excessive and premature wear of the Warning A Mercedes Benz Center brake pads EEEE T TE E N NN Make sure not to endanger any other road Only install brake pads and brake fluid It can also result in the brakes overheating users when carrying out these braking ma recommended by Mercedes Benz thereby significantly reducing their effec ONE tiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci dent Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 81 A If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Warning When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps pre vent overheating of the brakes and re duces brake pad wea
85. messages High priority messages appear in the mul tifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 134 or button AN Red z or on the multifunction steering wheel gt page 138 Other messages of high priority and mes sages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display us ing the reset button or button EAN ed mz or on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the vehicle status message memory gt page 153 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message dis appear Clearing a message will not cor rect the condition that caused the message to appear Practical hints What to do if Warning All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated ad dressed as soon as possible at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury Warning A N No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative Contact your nearest au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if 5 Switching on the ignition causes all in strument cluster lamps
86. model the ventilation tube is located either on the left or right side of the battery Take out the battery Charging and reinstalling the battery gt Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer Reinstall the charged battery Follow the previously described steps in re verse order A Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charg ing and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury Warning An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available permitting the charging of the bat tery in its installed position Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instruc tions for the accessory battery charger The battery its filler caps and the bat tery ventilation tube must always be se curely installed when the vehicle is in operation Reconnecting the battery Turn off all electrical consumers Connect the positive lead and fasten its cover 4 gt Connect negative lead 3 Never invert the terminal connections The following procedures must be car ried out following any interruption of battery power e g due to reconnect ing
87. multifunction display gt page 348 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking gasoline gt Do not start the engine under any cir cumstances gt Notify local fire and or police authori ties If the extent of the damage cannot be de termined gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies e fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Y Parking and locking You have now completed your first drive You have properly stopped and parked your vehicle End your drive as follows Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and the steering systems In this case it is impor tant to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal Getting started Parking and locking Move the gear selector lever to position P Slowly release brake pedal When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards
88. occupants 630 Ibs 540 Ibs 150 Ibs Available cargo luggage and trailer tongue weight total load limit or vehicle capacity weight from plac ard minus combined weight of all occupants 1500 Ibs 630 Ibs 870 Ibs 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs Certification label Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 291 as to not exceed the permis sible load limit you must make sure that your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for ei ther the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the Certification label The Certification Label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see Technical data gt page 406 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load gt page 291 must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The to tal allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not ex ceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if ap plicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Operation Tires and wheels Trailer tongue
89. page 34 Switching on seat ventilation gt Press switch Q Three blue indicator lamps above the switch come on gt Continue pressing switch Q until the desired seat ventilation level is reached Controls in detail Seats Switching off seat ventilation gt Press switch 1 repeatedly until all in dicator lamps go out The seat ventilation for the driver s seat is automatically set to the highest level if activated via Summer opening fea ture gt page 200 a If one or all of the lamps on the seat ventilation switch are flashing there is insufficient voltage due to too many electrical consumers being switched on The seat ventilation switches off au tomatically The seat ventilation will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Controls in detail Memory function Prior to operating the vehicle the driver should check and adjust the seat height seat position fore and aft and seat back rest angle if necessary to ensure adequate control reach and comfort The head re straint should also be adjusted for proper height See also the section on air bags gt page 63 for proper seat positioning In addition adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both the inside and outside rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rear vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small chil dren
90. rating gt page 299 If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description G and 6 gt page 299 is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed ca pability If a service description and gt page 299 is given the speed capa bility is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capabil ity of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed rating in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capa bility of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire Operation Tires and wheels All season and winter tires Load identification In addition to tire load rating special load information may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the tire speed rating gt page 299 Index Speed rating Q M S upto 100 mph 160 km h T M S upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S up to 149 mph 240 km h No specification given absence of any text like in above example
91. restraint manufacturer s instructions gt Reinstall cover after removing the teth er strap Child seat anchors LATCH type This vehicle is equipped with two LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren type anchors at each of the rear seats for the installation of a LATCH child seat with the matching anchor fittings If you have not installed a child seat the LATCH mounting anchor fittings are cov ered with an upholstery blend iD P91 20 2082 a1 2 Indicates the position of the anchors m Y Binn 3 Anchors p AD P91 20 2078 31 Install child seat according to the man ufacturer s instructions 1 Upholstery blend gt Remove upholstery blend 4 and store it in the rear center armrest Safety and Security Occupant safety The child seat must be firmly attached in the right and left side anchor fittings Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturers instructions Warning A N Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install child seat according to manufactur er s inst
92. right license plate lamp is malfunc tioning Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution LIGHT SENSOR The lamp sensor is malfunctioning The Inthe control system set lamp operation DRIVE TO WORKSHOP headlamps switch on automatically to manual gt page 159 gt Switch on headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible LOW BEAM LEFT The left low beam lamp is malfunctioning gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Chios ENG Center as soon as possible LOW BEAM RIGHT The right low beam lamp is malfunction Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CREC EECH ing Center as soon as possible MARKER LIGHT FL The front left side marker lamp is mal gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CEC TELC functioning Center as soon as possible MARKER LIGHT FR The front right side mar
93. safety Warning Do not place powered on laptops cell phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passes and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart system Such signal interference for exam ple may cause the indicator lamp not to come on or be continuously lit during self test indicating that the system is not functioning Safety and Security Occupant safety Installation of infant and child restraint systems This vehicle is equipped with tether an chorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions P91 40 2377 31 1 Cover of top anchorage ring gt Remove cover Q from anchorage ring gt Store cover Q in a convenient place e g glove box gt Guide tether strap between head re straint and top of seat back Head restraint must be positioned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and the top of seat back gt Make sure the tether strap is not twisted P91 40 2499 31 2 Hook 3 Anchorage ring gt Securely fasten hook 2 which is part of the tether strap to anchorage ring For safety make sure the hook 2 has attached to the ring beyond the safety catch as illustrated Once the top tether anchorage hook Is at tached the child restraint itself can be se cured Tighten the top tether strap according to the child
94. seat heating gt Press switch 1 again The indicator lamp above the switch goes out The seat heating will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes Switching on rapid seat heating gt Press switch 1 once Both indicator lamps above the switch come on The system switches over to normal heating mode after approximately 5 minutes Only the right hand indica tor lamp remains lit Switching off rapid seat heating gt Press switch Q twice Both indicator lamps above the switch go out If one or both of the lamps on the seat heating switch are flashing there is in sufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off auto matically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Seat ventilation The switch is located on the door Seat ventilation can be activated manually with the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or 2 The driver s seat ventilation can be activated automatically by the summer opening feature gt page 200 The blue indicator lamps on the switch show the ventilation level selected Level 3 Three indicator lamps on highest level 2 Two indicator lamps on 1 One indicator lamp on lowest level off No indicator lamp on Y aj 7 p54 25 3199 31 1 Seat ventilation switch gt Switch on the ignition gt
95. should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recom mended inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual The recommended tire inflation pres sures for your vehicle can be found on the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap not in the owner s manual Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution E The red Supplemental Restraint There is a malfunction in the restraint sys Drive with added caution to the nearest System SRS indicator lamp tems The air bags or emergency tensioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center comes on while driving devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident Warning A N In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could result in an acci dent and or injury to you or to others Practical hints What to do if Lamp in center console Lamp Ke AN2 PASS AIR BAG OFF Problem The indicator lamp comes on and remains illuminat ed The indicator lam
96. should be seated in a properly se cured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 With the memory function you can store up to four different settings The following settings are stored when us ing the buttons on the driver s door e Drivers seat and seat backrest and head restraint position e Settings for multicontour seat e Steering wheel position e Exterior rear view mirror position The following settings are stored when us ing the buttons on the passenger door e Front passenger seat backrest and head restraint position e Settings for multicontour seat AN Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Warning The memory button and stored position switch are located on the door ad 1 Stored position button M Memory button M gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 or gt Open the respective door Storing positions into memory gt Adjust the seats steering wheel and exterior mirrors to the desired position gt page 37 Press memory button M Release memory button M and push one of the position buttons Q within 3 seconds All the settings are stored with the se lected position Controls in detail Memory function Recalling positions from me
97. shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width The tire width G gt page 299 indicates the nominal tire width in mm Aspect ratio The aspect ratio 2 gt page 299 is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code The tire code gt page 299 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diag onal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional in
98. stationary objects nor does it recognize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehicles ahead Distronic can only apply a maximum of 20 of the vehicle s braking power It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to traffic and road conditions and to provide the steering braking and oth er driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle Warning A N Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary However it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the ve hicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping dis tance always rests with the driver Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Warning A N Distronic requires familiarity with its opera tional characteristics We strongly recom mend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system ao USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this
99. the hood is still hot Operation Vehicle care gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical compo nents and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every en gine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lu bricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inad vertently locked or unlocked Hand wash Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois freque
100. the impact from the tensioning l on and cause injury spring could crack the windshield Switch on the ignition gt page 34 i va l gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they T _ one a to wiper snap into place To clean the window interior do not settin gt page 54 j ma gt Clean the wiper blade inserts with a use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or gt With wiper arms in vertical position clean cloth and detergent solution cleaners containing solvents Do not switch off the ignition gt page 384 a touch the inside of the front rear or gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild win side windows with hard objects such as dow cleaning solution on all outside an ice scraper or ring Doing so may and inside glass surfaces damage the windows An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended Operation Vehicle care Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light al loy wheels Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned especially not after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corro sion of the brake disks and brake pads Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed
101. the respective device in other situations Controls in detail Useful features Reprogramming a single signal trans mitter button To program a device using a signal trans mitter button previously trained follow these steps gt gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the button The indicator lamp Q will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releas ing the signal transmitter button pro ceed with programming starting with step 3 gt gt Operation of integrated remote control Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Select and press the appropriate inte grated signal transmitter button 3 or 4 to activate the remote con trolled device The integrated remote control trans mitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory gt gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Simultaneously press and hold down the outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 4 for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lamp flashes rap idly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased If you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some
102. the road curb Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position O and remove or press KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle when leaving Getting started Parking and locking Parking brake mee When parked on an incline turn front wheels Warning AN towards the road curb When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Switching off headlamps from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the For more information see Exterior lamp gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WJ gt page 52 parking brake and or move the gear selec switch gt page 125 _ tor lever to position P either of which could W result in an accident and or serious injury Turning off the engine gt Place the gear selector lever in Warning J position P IN E Parking brake pedal Getting out of your vehicle with the gear se O Release handie lector lever not fully engaged in position P is Always set the parking brake in addi dangerous Also when parked on an incline tion to shifting to position P gt Step firmly on parking brake position P alone may not prevent your vehi On slopes turn the front wheels to When the
103. theft systems If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 241 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Arming the alarm system The indicator lamp located in the central locking switch in on the upper part of the front center console Lock your vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the alarm system Is ac tivated The indicator lamp Q flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed If the turn signal lamps does not flash three times one of the following ele ments may not be properly closed e adoor e the trunk Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again Disarming the alarm system gt Unlock your vehicle with the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to in dicate that the alarm system Is dis armed The alarm system will rearm automati cally again after approximately 40 sec onds if no door was opened Canceling the alarm To cancel the alarm With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the or button on the SmartKey The alarm is canceled With KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 f
104. to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician type and with the specified watt rating Switch lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits Always use a Clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease If the newly installed bulb does not come on visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center lamps replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Additional turn signal lamps in the exte rior rear view mirrors Bi Xenon lamps High mounted brake lamp Brake lamps Front side marker lamps Rear side marker lamps Rear parking lamps Have the headlamp adjustment checked regularly Replacing bulbs for front lamps Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following first gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WE gt page 52 gt Open the hood gt page 273 except for side marker lamps P82 10 3109 31 1 Housing cover for high beam flasher bulb parking and standing lamp PB2 10 3276 31 2 Electrical connector for high beam flasher housing bulb 3 Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp 4 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp Housing cover for Bi Xenon headlamp Practical hints Replacing bulbs Bi Xenon headlamp Warning A N Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon
105. to touch any components ig properly closed Open it again and let it assemblies Using special additives not nition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic drop with somewhat greater force approved by Mercedes Benz may socket of the ignition system cause damage not covered by the e with the engine running Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e while starting the engine More information on this subject is e if ignition is on and the engine is available at any Mercedes Benz turned manually Center Checking the engine oil level with the control system When checking the oil level the vehicle must be parked on level ground with the engine at operating tempera ture the vehicle must have been sta tionary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off with the engine not at operating tem perature yet the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine turned off To check the engine oil level via the multi function display do the following gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 The standard display gt page 142 should appear in the multifunction display gt Press button BV or aN on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the fol lowing message is seen in the multifunction display ENGINE OIL LEVEL MEASURING HOW A CORRECT MEASUREMENT ONLY IF VEH LEVEL P54 32 2769 31 One of the following messages will sub sequently appear in the multifunction display e ENGINE OIL
106. un lock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pressing the trunk lid button again Stolen Vehicle Recovery services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center along with your password issued to you when you subscribed to the service The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement When the anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call is initiated automat ically to the Response Center See anti theft alarm system gt page 85 and tow away alarm gt page 87 Garage door opener The integrated remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled devices It provides a convenient way to re place up to three hand held remote con trols used to operate devices such as garage door openers gate openers or oth er devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems Before the integrated remote control can be used it must be programmed to the ga rage door opener gate operator or other device you wish to operate See the follow ing instructions for programmi
107. under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When the gear selector lever is in position D you can influence transmission shifting by display e limiting the gear range e changing gears manually Gear selector lever position Effect Park position Gear selector lever position when the vehicle is parked Place gear selector lever in position P only when vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always set the parking brake in addition to placing the gear selector lever in position P to secure the vehicle Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P With the SmartKey removed the gear selector lever is locked in position P Reverse gear Place gear selector lever in position R only when vehicle is stopped Controls in detail Automatic transmission Effect Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed
108. up before it is parked after cleaning To do so please drive your vehicle for several minutes to allow the brakes to dry When applying Mercedes Benz ap proved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Do not use oil or wax on these parts Instrument cluster and cup holders gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a luke warm solution To prevent scratches do not use scour ing agents Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure To prevent scratches do not use scour ing agents Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thor oughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the car pets Headliner and shelf below rear window gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry sham poo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct su
109. values and may switch the en gine to its limp home emergency opera tion mode Your fuel tank is empty Mercedes Benz Center An on board diagnostic connector is used by the service station to link the vehicle to the shop diagnostics system It allows the accurate identification of system malfunctions through the read out of diagnostic trouble codes It is lo cated in the front left area of the footwell next to the parking brake pedal After refuelling start turn off and re start the engine three or four times in succession The limp home mode is canceled You do not need to have your vehicle checked Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The yellow engine malfunc A loss of pressure has been detected in the gt Check the fuel cap gt page 270 USA only tion indicator lamp comes fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed n If it is not closed properly y on while driving properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Close the fuel cap Canada only If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp The fuel level has gone below the reserve Pp Refuel at the next gas station comes on while driving mark gt page 270 Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution Only vehicles with Distronic
110. vehicle refer to the Getting started section of this manual The corresponding page numbers are giv en at the beginning of each segment For more information on locking and un locking see Getting started gt page 32 and gt page 60 SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key i P80 35 2087 31 The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys are a differ Smar tSEy WINT EMOTE CONOIS ent color to help distinguish each Lock button SmartKey unit Opening button for trunk 3 Locking tab for mechanical key The SmartKey provides an extended oper ating range To prevent theft however it is advisable to only unlock the vehicle when you are in close proximity to it 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp Panic button gt page 79 The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap Warning J When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a locked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey to high levels of electroma
111. vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on placard Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the fuel filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 293 Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustra tions below Refer to placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Placard Example A o TIRE AND TIN A E E F SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P40 00 27064 31 1 Tire and Loading Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example A lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Placard Example B VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHIq LE CAPACITY WEIGHT KG ILBS Ey SEATI IG CAPACITY 1 Vehicle Tire Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example B lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle we
112. vents booster blower gt Turn thumbwheel 3 a The booster blower allows air volume speed to the rear passenger compart ment to be increased at four different levels The temperature at the air vents for rear passenger compartment 1 and 2 is the same as at the dashboard 1 Left center air vent adjustable center air vents 2 Right center air vent adjustable 3 Thumbwheel for center air vents with adjustable booster blower P83 00 2094 31 YV Power windows The additional switches for the rear side windows are on the rear center console Opening and closing the power windows The side windows are opened and closed peT a i Bl ta electrically The switches for all side win EEE dows are on the driver s door The switch ae _ a DEL for the front passenger door window is on the front passenger door P 7 39 2074 31 Left rear side window 7 Right rear side window Warning When closing the windows make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure P54 25 3430 31 C Left door window 2 Right door window 3 Right rear side window 4 Left rear side window Rear side windows override switch gt page 78 The closing of the door windows can be im mediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pressed past the resis tance point and released by pressing the re spective switch Controls i
113. water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a result Intermittent wiping interval is dependent on wetness of windshield gt Turn the combination switch to position I After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are automatically controlled by the rain sensor Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when e all doors are closed and e the gear selector lever is in position Dor R or e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in the direction of arrow Q to the resis tance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with windshield washer fluid gt Press the combination switch in the di rection of arrow past the resistance point The windshield wiper operates with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield wipe with windshield washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining If anything blocks the windshield wip ers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately e For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location e remove SmartKey from the starter switch or e turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop Getting started
114. with KEYLESS GO gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat SmartKey Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 0 and repeat starting GERE procedure Parking brak tended in the vehicle or with access to an arking brake unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an acci dent and or serious injury gt If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detec tion of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Release the parking brake by pulling on handle 2 The warning lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out or gt Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Repeat the starting procedure gt page 48 Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the vehicle battery P42 20 2122 31 gt Get a jump start gt page 394 Q Parking brake pedal 2 Release handle D gt riving Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever lock is released Move gear selector lever in position D or R Warning A N It is dangerous to shift the gear selector le ver out of P or N if the engine speed is high er than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could acc
115. you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt Air bags can only protect as they are designed if the occupants are prop erly wearing their seat belts Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat be
116. 00 387 0100 Controls in detail Useful features i USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Useful features Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Infrared reflecting windshield P67 10 2132 31 1 Mounting location for electronic toll collection devices infrared transpar ent 2 Infrared transparent area pass through for electronic signals 3 31 5 in 80 cm 4 19 0 in 48 cm 1 75 in 4 5 cm Your vehicle is equipped with infrared re flecting glass which reduces the amount of radiated heat entering the interior through the windows The infrared reflecting glass also prevents the transmission of signals through the glass by in ve
117. 1 DISTRONIC 300 150 P54 30 6336 31 1 Distronic activated Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column 1 Sets current or higher speed 2 Sets current or lower speed 3 Deactivates Distronic 4 Resumes at last set speed Controls in detail Driving systems Activating Distronic In the following cases you cannot activate Setting the current speed You can activate Distronic when PSHM gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired e you are driving above 25 mph up to 2 minutes after starting the en speed 40 km h gine gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in the e when you brake direction of arrow Q or depress in the e the ESP switched on gt page 82 e if you have set the parking brake eles Ou oranow if the gear selector lever is in Distronic is activated and the current The maximum speed you can set is n speed is set 110 mph 180 km h a eae ts s EAE e if the ESP is switched off a AE E If Distronic has not been activated after r pressing the cruise control lever you will i see the message in the multifunction If you do not take your foot off of the display accelerator completely the following message will appear in the multifunc tion display DISTRONIC OVERRIDE Distronic will not work to maintain the distance to a slower mo
118. 1 Technical data Fuel cap Engine malfunction indicator lamp 331 Message in display 360 315 429 419 421 Fuel filler flap 270 Locking unlocking 270 Opening in an emergency 374 Opening closing 270 Fuel reserve warning lamp 331 Fuel tank Capacity 419 Filler flap 270 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 25 Fuel Premium unleaded gasoline 271 419 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities 418 Fuses 399 Aids for replacing fuses 399 Fuse boxes in engine compartment 401 Fuse boxes in passenger compartment 400 Fuse chart 370 Fuse extractor 370 Replacing 399 Spare fuses 370 G Garage door opener 249 Gasoline see Fuel GAWR 309 Gear range 429 Automatic transmission 170 Limiting 170 Shifting into optimal 172 Gear selector lever 48 165 Cleaning 324 Lock 51 Message in display 344 Position indicator 166 Position Automatic transmission 48 165 167 Global locking unlocking see Key Global Positioning System see GPS Glove box 231 Good visibility 178 GPS 429 Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GYW GVW 309 GVWR 310 H Hands free microphone 29 Hard plastic trim items cleaning 324 Hazard warning flasher 130 Head restraints Folding rear head restraints back 115 Front seat 38 39 Front seat Removing and installing 114 Rear seat 115 Head unit see COMAND Headlamp switch off delay see Delayed switch off Exterior lights Headlamps Automatic headlamp mode 12
119. 100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in for eign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat alytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably low er octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are avail able for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Operator s Manual Introduction Where to find it This Operator s Manual is designed to pro vide comprehensive support information for you the vehicle operator Each section has its own reference color GS M At a glance Here you will find an overview of all the controls that can be operated from the drivers seat E Getting started Here you will find all the information you need for your first drive You should read this section first if this is your first Mercedes Benz vehicle or if you are rent ing or borrowing this vehicle C Safety an
120. 11 Vehicle outside the USA and Canada_ 13 Vehicle recovery services Stolen Tele Aid 249 Vehicle status message memory 153 Vehicle tool kit 370 VIN 406 432 Voice control system 432 Hands free microphone 29 W Warning lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Warning sounds Automatic transmission vehicles with KEYLESS GO 59 Distronic 210 216 332 Exterior lamps 59 126 Parking brake 51 329 Parktronic 225 227 Seat belt telltale 68 Warranty coverage 10 405 Washer fluid see Windshield washer fluid Washer reservoir level 271 282 Washing the vehicle 318 Wear pattern Tires 312 Weights 417 Wheel Bolts 370 Change 386 Removing 389 sizes 283 Spare 370 371 386 Tightening torque 390 432 Tires and wheels 283 Window curtain airbags 68 Windows cleaning 323 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades 323 Defogging 188 Windshield washer fluid 282 419 425 Message in display 360 Mixing ratio 425 Refilling 282 425 Reservoir level 271 282 Wiping 55 Windshield washer system 425 Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades 384 Winter driving 313 Block heater Canada only 314 Snow chains 314 Tires 313 Winter driving instructions 265 Winter tires 313 Wood trims cleaning 325 X Xenon headlamps see Headlamps Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes Benz parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see your authorized Mer
121. 171 you can select a gear range for the automatic transmission to operate within Gear selector lever gt page 172 You can limit the gear range by pressing the gear selector lever to the left D and reverse the gear range limit by pressing the gear selector lever to the right D Steering wheel gearshift control CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG only gt page 173 You can limit the gear range by pressing the downshift button on the steering wheel gearshift control and reverse the gear range limit by pressing the upshift button on the steering wheel gearshift control The selected gear range appears in the tachometer display gt page 166 If you press on the accelerator when the engine has reached its rom limit the transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Effect MRA The transmission shifts through sixth gear only applies to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission only The transmission shifts through fifth gear only applies to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission only WP The transmission shifts through fourth gear only Effect The transmission shifts through third gear only With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine The transmission shifts through second gear only Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions The transmission
122. 2 down Disengage sun visor 2 from mounting Q gt Pivot sun visor to the side Rear window sunshade The button is located in the upper part of the front center console C Rear window sunshade button gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Press button Q briefly to raise the sun shade gt Press button Q briefly to lower the sunshade Always raise the sunshade fully for its sup port against the window frame Warning A N When operating the rear window sunshade make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the raising or lowering pro cedure The raising or lowering procedure can be im mediately reversed by pressing button 1 Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattend ed in the vehicle or with access to an un locked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Good visibility Controls in detail Automatic climate control Pa3 40 2609 31 SlO Gl 6 SC Glee Item Left center air vent adjustable Left air vent fixed Thumbwheel for air volume control for left center air vent Thumbwheel for air temperature control for center air vents Thumbwheel for air volume control for right center air vent Right air vent fixe
123. 2 5 tion pressure monitor comes on and you have not reactivated the system since the last tire inflation pressure check gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 The tire inflation pressure monitor is using REACTIVATED the current pressure values as the basis for monitoring Warning A You Mey O ono o the Lane Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects sive heat build up and possibly a fire the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence TERE PRES MONT GR The tire inflation pressure monitor is un CURRENTLY able to monitor the tire inflation pressure UNAVAILABLE due to e the presence of several wheel sensors in the vehicle e excessive wheel sensor temperatures e a nearby radio interference source e unrecognized wheel sensors installed TRE PRES MONT TGR The tire inflation pressure monitor or a NOT OPERATIONAL wheel sensor is malfunctioning DRIVE TO WORKSHOP A wheel without proper sensor was in Stalled Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Possible solution gt Remove any extra wheel sensors from the vehicle As soon as the causes of the malfunction have been remov
124. 2155847 474 Order No 6515 2192 13 Part No 215 83 584 7483 USA Edition A 2006 Operator s Manual CL Class Operator s Manual CL Class S Mercedes Benz CL 500 CL 55 AMG CL 600 CL 65 AMG Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demon stration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your de sire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the ef forts of many skilled engineers and crafts men To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passen gers we ask you to make a small invest ment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are de signed to acquaint you with the opera tion of your Mercedes Benz Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and oc cupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A DaimlerChrysler Company Introduction ccccceecececcsceceecees 9 Product information c ccccesesceceeees 9 Operators Manual ccccsseeeeceeeees 10
125. 322 Malfunctioning 227 Minimum distance 225 Range of the sensors 224 124 164 System sensors 322 Warning indicators 225 Warning sounds 225 Parts service 404 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp see Front passenger front air bag off indica torlamp 74 Passenger compartment 267 Fuse boxes 400 Interior lighting 131 Interior rear view mirror 43 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 234 Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedals 259 Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning 324 Poly V belt drive 408 430 Layout 407 Positions Memory function see Power seats Power assistance 259 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid 110 Power seats 37 112 Easy entry exit feature 112 Folding back front seat backrests 40 Folding forward front seat backrests 40 Heating 119 Lumbar support 117 Memory function 122 Multicontour 117 Multicontour Lumbar support 118 Multicontour Massage function PULSE 118 Multicontour Shoulder support 117 Multicontour Side bolsters 118 Ventilation 121 Power tilt sliding sunroof 202 Messages in display 359 Opening closing in an emergency 375 Operating 202 Operating SmartKey 200 Operating SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 200 Stopping 204 synchronizing 204 Power train 431 Power washer 319 Power windows 197 Cleaning 323 Operating 197 Operating SmartKey 200 Operating SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 200 Rear door window Blocking operation 78 Stopping 199 Synchronizing 199 Practical
126. 40 00 2063 31 a EE EN 1 G TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION E Placard Example A 1 Seating capacity VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHI LE CAPACITY WEIGHT EME KG EELEE SEATING CAPACITY eo a COLO TIRE PRESSURE Placard Example B 1 Seating capacity Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example A gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example B gt Locate the heading Vehicle Capacity Weight on your vehicle s placard Step 2 gt Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Step 3 gt Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs Step 4 gt The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x150 650 Ibs Step 5 gt Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo b
127. 47 Allow the retractor to completely re wind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate Make sure the seat belt retracts fully so that the seat belt and or latch plate cannot get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair the effectiveness of the seat belt and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Getting started Parking and locking Locking with KEYLESS GO Locking Gp A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Be espe cially careful when small children are around Warning Before closing doors make sure there is no possibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Opening a door causes the windows on that side of the car to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed Locking with the SmartKey gt After exiting t
128. 6 Bi Xenon 379 427 Cleaning lenses 321 Cleaning system 178 282 425 Cleaning system washer reservoir 271 282 Manual headlamp mode 126 Messages in display 355 Replacing bulbs 379 Switch 52 125 Headliner cleaning 325 Heated seats 119 Heated steering wheel 239 High beam flasher 52 129 Replacing bulbs 379 382 High beam headlamps Indicator lamp 25 Messages in display 355 Replacing bulbs 379 Switching on 52 129 High mounted brake lamp 379 High performance brake system CL 65 AMG only 261 Hood 273 Message in display 353 Horn 23 HVAC see Automatic climate control Hydroplaning 263 l Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Identification labels 406 Instruments and controls see Cockpit Certification 406 Interior lighting 131 Emission control information 406 Delayed switch off 161 Vacuum line routing 406 Interior rear view mirror Identification number Vehicle VIN 406 43 178 Ignition 34 36 Antiglare 178 Immobilizer 85 Auto dimming 178 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Chil dren in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pres sure Interior storage spaces see Storage com partments Inside door handle 100 Instrument cluster 24 134 429 Cleaning 324 Illumination brightness 134 Lamps 328 Message in display 350 Multifunction display 137 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination brightness J K Key SmartKey w
129. 84 Removing wiper blades 384 Installing wiper blades 0 385 Fe Feo eh ee cica N E E 386 Preparing the vehicle 006 386 Mounting the spare wheel 386 Battery sscaseccewactveusootaeteadasmaceatcrteacoasenied 391 Disconnecting the battery 392 Removing the battery 06 392 Charging and reinstalling the battery cosa erwsiashentnseotauccacnesaerrorenats 392 Reconnecting the battery 393 JUNID SEATING secsiccrectasinezstacssarsaviestesswsad 394 Towing the vehicle ccsssccceseeeees 396 Installing towing eye bolt 398 NS E A EE ET 399 Aids for replacing fuses 399 Fuse boxes in passenger COMPAItMENL ceecceecceeeceeeeees 400 Fuse boxes in engine COMPAItMENL ec ceeccceeeceeeeeeeeees 401 Technical data ccccccccceeeeees 403 Parts service ccaccssepsceansiedananchearenceanonees 404 Warranty coverage s sesesseessseesssee 405 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet 8 405 Identification labels eecceeeees 406 Layout of poly V belt drive 407 CE OOO eaa 407 CL D5 AMG risarcire ninkin 407 CL 600 and CL 65 AMG 407 ENSINO sesos ea EEDE 408 Rims and Tires ccceesecccsesseeceeeees 410 Same size tires ccsseeseeeceeeseees 412 Mixed size tires neseenssseeneseenss 414 Spare wheel
130. 9 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load or 245 40 ZR192 9 5 Jx 19 H2 1 81 in 46 mm 275 35 ZR19 100Y XL Extra Load or 275 35 ZR197 CL 65 AMG 8 5 Jx 19 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load or 245 40 ZR192 9 5 Jx 19 H2 2 36 in 60 mm 275 35 ZR19 100Y XL Extra Load or 275 35 ZR197 Technical data Rims and Tires Spare wheel CL 500 without Sport Package CL 600 CL 500 with Sport Package CL 65 AMG standard on U S vehicles and standard on U S vehicles and with without Appearance Package Appearance Package CL 55 AMG Rims light alloy 7 5 Jx 17 H2 8 Jx 18 H2 8 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 0 in 51 mm 1 73 in 44 mm 1 97 in 50 mm Summer tires 245 45 ZR18 96Y 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load All season tires 225 55R17 97H M S l Radial ply tires Technical data Electrical system Model Generator alternator Starter motor Battery Spark plugs Electrode gap Tightening torque CL 500 CL 55 AMG CL 600 CL 65 AMG 14V 150A 14 V 180 A 14 V 180 A 14 V 180 A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 95 Ah 12 V 95 Ah 12 V 95 Ah 12 V 95 Ah Bosch F 8 DPP332 NGK ILFR 6A NGK NFR 6Q G NGK NFR 6Q G NGK PFR 5 R 11 0 039 in 1 0 mm 0 031 in 0 8 mm 0 028 in 0 7 mm 0 028 in 0 7 mm 18 22 Ib ft 25 30 Nm 18 22 Ib ft 25 30 Nm 15 22 lb ft 20 30 Nm 15 22 lb ft 20 30 Nm Technical data
131. A chart explaining fuse allocation and fuse amperages can be found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 370 Spare fuses Spare fuses are found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 370 Fuse extractor The fuse extractor is found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 370 Practical hints Fuses Fuse boxes in passenger compartment There are two fuse boxes in the in passen ger compartment One fuse box is located in the dashboard An additional fuse box is located in the rear passenger compart ment Fuse box in dashboard FF P54 15 2462 31 1 Cover H Do not use sharp objects such as a screw driver to open the fuse box cover 1 in the dashboard as this could damage it Opening gt Open the front passenger door gt Using the flat of your hand press on the middle of the cover Q The edge of cover Q lifts up slightly from the dashboard gt Insert flat blunt object into the edge of the cover as a lever gt Loosen cover 1 from the dashboard using lever gt Using your hands pull cover in the direction of the arrow and remove Closing gt Hook cover Q into the opening at the front gt Press cover Q back on until it engag es Fuse box in the rear passenger compartment The fuse box is located in the footwell be low the right rear seat P54 15 2395 31 1 Cover Opening gt Pull cover Q away from fuse
132. Especial ly for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly Operation Driving instructions Driving off Apply the brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this procedure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the oper ating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an ex tended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear Parking Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of inadvertent vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb Turn the SmartKey to starter
133. F AFTER START 110 MI 2 00H HALI OFF 35 MPH 17 3 MPG P54 32 2785 31 Menus submenus and functions Commands submenus Menu 1 Standard display gt page 142 Menu 2 AUDIO gt page 142 Call up mainte Select radio nance service display O heck tire in flation pres ie Check engine oil level Digital speed ometer station Select satel lite radio station USA only Select CD track Select MP3 CD track Menu G TEL Menu 4 NAVI Menu Distronic gt page 147 gt page 149 gt page 150 Load phone Show route Call up set book guidance in tings structions current direc tion traveled Search for name in phone book Select number last dialed Controls in detail Menu 6 Trip computer gt page 151 Fuel consump tion statistics after start Fuel consump tion statistics since the last reset Call up range Control system Menu 7 Vehicle status message memory gt page 153 Call up vehicle mal function warning and system status messages stored in memory Menu Settings gt page 154 Reset to fac tory settings Instrument cluster Submenu Lighting submenu Vehicle submenu Convenience submenu Controls in detail Control system The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not neces
134. I KNOCK INDEX Shift lock When the vehicle is parked this lock prevents the transmission selector le ver from being inadvertently moved out of position P without the SmartKey turned and the brake pedal depressed Sidewall Telematics Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 310 A combination of the terms telecom gt page 311 SRS munications and informatics Vehicle capacity weight Supplemental Restraint System Tightening torque gt page 311 Seat belts emergency tensioning de Force times lever arm e g a lug Vehiclelevelicontrcl vice and air bags Though independent wrench with which threaded fasteners systems they are closely interfaced to such as wheel bolts are tightened provide effective occupant protection TIN The ground clearance of the vehicle is automatically controlled according to a selected setting and speed The driver Tele Aid System Tire Identification Number can choose manually within a range of Telematic Alarm Identification on gt page 311 ground clearance for example on very Demand rough roads Tire load rating gt page 311 Vehicle maximum load on the tire gt page 311 The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and man ual emergency roadside assistance Tire ply composition and material used and information Tele Aid is initially ac gt page 311 VIN tivated by completing a subscriber Tire speed rating Vehicle Identification
135. Main dimensions and weights Vv Main dimensions and weights Main dimensions Model CL 500 CL 55 AMG CL 600 CL 65 AMG Overall vehicle length 196 4 in 4989 mm 196 4 in 4989 mm 196 4 in 4989 mm 196 4 in 4989 mm Overall vehicle width exterior rear 82 8 in 2104 mm 82 8 in 2104 mm 82 8 in 2104 mm 82 8 in 2104 mm view mirrors folded out Overall vehicle height 55 4 in 1408 mm 55 4 in 1408 mm 55 4 in 1408 mm 55 4 in 1408 mm Wheelbase 113 6 in 2885 mm 113 6 in 2885 mm 113 6 in 2885 mm 113 6 in 2885 mm Track front 62 1 in 1577 mm 62 2 in 1581 mm 62 1 in 1577 mm 62 2 in 1581 mm Track rear 62 1 in 1578 mm 62 2 in 1582 mm 62 1 in 1578 mm 62 2 in 1582 mm ae Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Engine with oil filter Automatic transmission Rear axle Hydraulic system for ABC Power steering Front wheel hubs Brake system Vehicle components and their respective Please refer to the Factory Approved lubricants must match Therefore use only Service Products pamphlet or inquire at products tested and approved by your Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc CL 500 8 5 US qt 8 0 Approved engine oils CL 55 AMG 8 0 US qt 7 5 I CL 600 9 5 US qt 9 0 I CL 65 AMG 11 0 US qt 10 5 I CL 500 9 1 US qt 8 6 MB Automatic Transmission Fluid
136. N sible obstacle However do not drive by re j lying on the distance warning function as Indicator lamp on the switch goes out Distronic works to maintain the speed se this will result in an emergency braking ap No loudspeaker symbol appears in the lected by the driver unless a moving obsta plication Especially depending on road sur multifunction display cle proceeding directly ahead of it in the face conditions and driver reaction this will same travel direction is detected e g fol not always enable you to avoid a collision lowing another vehicle ahead of you at a dis tance set by Distronic This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle Complex driving situations are not al aiet YOU anes Iss ways fully recognized by Distronic This e While in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in could result in wrong or missing dis front is in a sharp turn Distronic could tance warnings lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it then your vehicle could accelerate to the previously selected speed gt D b gt Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic regulates only the distance be tween your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be on the alert ob serve all traffic and intercede as required by steering or braking the vehicle Warning
137. Possible solution gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoid ing abrupt steering and braking maneu vers Observe the traffic situation around you Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required Change the damaged wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Display Ne ENE OR E GUNN UNE PINE TRE RRES SURE we CRECE AIRE A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Warning Possible cause consequence The left front tire is deflating The left front tire inflation pressure is low You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 294 If necessary change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if
138. Refer CD changer To select a CD from the gt Turn on COMAND and select MP3 CD to separate COMAND operating in magazine press a number on the Refer to separate COMAND operating structions COMAND system key pad located in instructions gt Press button or repeatedly me Conve ceenecane gt Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the CD currently until the settings for the MP3 CD cur being played appear in the multifunc gt Press button lt gt or iva repeatedly rently being played in the multifunction tion display until the desired track is selected display 1 c04 D P3 TRACK 5 2 BEATLES_HE 2 P54 32 2314 31 P54 32 3242 31 1 Current CD 1 Indicates MP3 CD mode for CD changer gt page 145 2 Current track Current track gt Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until the desired track is selected lial a Level of information displayed will vary depending on the information con tained on the MP3 CD CD changer operating mode General notes Should excessively high temperatures oc cur while in CD mode CD TEMP HIGH will appear on the multifunction display and muting will take place The unit will then switch back to the last operating mode used until the temperature has decreased to a safe operating level Should excessively low temperatures oc cur while in CD mode CD TEMP LOW will ap pear on the multifunction display but the CD will continue to play Handle CDs ca
139. Reset button in the instrument cluster 134 154 Residual engine heat and ventilation 194 431 REST see Residual engine heat and ventila tion Restraint system see Children in the vehicle see SRS Reverse gear position Automatic transmission 48 165 167 Reverse lamps Messages in display 35 7 Rims 310 410 Roadside Assistance 12 Tele Aid 244 RON 271 419 431 Roof rack 228 Rubber parts cleaning 324 S Safety Driving safety systems 80 Occupant 62 Reporting defects 18 Safety belts see Seat belts Satellite radio 143 Seat belts 68 Children in the vehicle 72 Cleaning 325 Fastening 45 Force limiter 71 Message in display 359 Proper use of 47 70 Safety guidelines 66 Telltale 333 Warning sounds 68 Seating capacity 288 Seats see Power seats securing cargo 229 Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test BabySmart air bag deactivation system 74 Lamps in instrument cluster 328 Tele Aid 242 Service and warranty information 10 Service intervals see Maintenance Service indicator Service life Tires 284 Service see Maintenance Service system see FSS Canada vehicles or Maintenance System US vehicles Service Parts 404 Settings Control system menus Control system submenus Factory SmartKey 92 Factory SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 97 Individual Vehicle 162 Memory function 122 Menus submenus and functions 141 Resetting all Control system 154 Selective SmartKey 92 Selective SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 98 Shelf belo
140. Service and warranty information 10 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles 11 Maintenance ccecececeecscececeeees 12 Roadside Assistance 0008 12 Change of address or ownership 12 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada cccccce sees 13 Where to find it eecccccsessececneeeeees 14 SVINGO aseran 15 Operating safety cecccccceseseseeeeeees 16 Proper use of the vehicle 16 Problems with your vehicle 0 17 Reporting safety defects cc60 18 Reporting safety defects 18 Vehicle data recording cccsseecceees 19 Information regarding electronic recording CEVICES ssccccreeeeees 19 At a glance coscccienscaxaonsdveincsenisvaarsannerors 21 GOED aE 22 Instrument ClUSter ccssesceseseeees 24 Multifunction steering wheel 26 Genter console cccccssssesccecesssereees 27 Upper part ccccsesseeccessescneeees 27 Lower part sesssssessssesssseresseesssseess 28 Overhead control panel cceeeee 29 Door control panel cccceeeeceseeeeees 30 Getting started ccc eeeeeees 31 Unlocking cpascacuastatenaaiatetneisasemesasonreteenta 32 Unlocking with the SmartKey 32 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO 33 Starter switch positions
141. VENIENCE submenu via the SETTINGS menu Use the CONVENIENCE sub menu to change the settings for a number of convenience features The following functions are available Function Page Activating easy entry exit fea 163 ture Setting fold in function for exteri 164 or rear view mirrors Controls in detail Control system Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deacti vate the easy entry exit feature gt page 112 A You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel and driver s seat when the easy en try exit feature is activated Warning To cancel seat steering wheel movement do one of the following e Press seat adjustment switch gt page 38 e Move steering column stalk gt page 42 e Press one of the memory position but tons or the memory button M gt page 123 gt gt Controls in detail Control system PP Do not leave children unattended in the ve gt Press or all to change the easy entry exit setting hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury OFF The easy entry exit fea ture is deactivated The following settings are available for the easy entry exit feature gt Move the selection marker with STEER ACOE Only the steering co
142. aded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump More information on gasoline can be found in the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp ered USA only Zig Canada only to illuminate For more information see Practical hints gt page 331 Operation At the gas station Check regularly and before a long trip cleaning system 2 Brake fluid 3 Coolant level Opening the hood see gt page 273 Operation At the gas station Windshield washer system and head lamp cleaning system For more information on refilling the wash er reservoir see Windshield washer sys tem and headlamp cleaning system gt page 282 Coolant For more information see Coolant level gt page 280 and Coolants gt page 422 Brake fluid T If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints gt page 329 For more information on brake fluid see Brake flu
143. ag Warning A N e Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only belts in stalled or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and emergency tensioning de vices ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that was activated must be replaced e No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or re moving any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the front seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of addition al electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free from objects e g packages purs es umbrellas etc Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide ade quate protection Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may turn into projec tiles and cause head and other injuries when curtain air bag is deployed Never place your feet on th
144. ainers that fit into the sonal injury cup holder Use lids on open containers and j do not fill containers to a height where the Cup holder in front of seat armrest A hrn P68 20 269 contents especially hot liquids could spill during ce ae cera or nan Folding out cup holder EE OIC TCI E QUINE CAPAnaIee accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occu gt Open the storage compartment in front pants may cause serious personal injury ia of the armrest gt page 232 Only place containers with a maximum diameter of 2 Fa in 72 mm inthe cup holder Larger containers could dam The cup holder opens automatically b gt age the holder arm Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Push button Q When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an acci dent Controls in detail Useful features P68 00 3710 31 2 Button for folding out the second cup holder gt Push button The second cup holder folds out in the direction indicated by the arrow Folding in cup holder P68 00 37 12 31 ad 3 Fold in the second cup holder gt Press the second cup holder in the di rection of arrow until it engages P6B 00 3711 31 4 Release button gt Press release button and fold the cup holder into the storage compa
145. ainte nance service is due The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks distance driven and the time elapsed since your last maintenance service and calls for the next maintenance service accord ingly Maximum load rating gt page 310 Maximum loaded vehicle weight gt page 310 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 310 Memory function Used to store three individual seat steering wheel and exterior mirror posi tions MON Motor Octane Number The Motor Octane Number for gasoline as determined by a standardized meth od It is an indication of a gasoline s ability to resist undesired detonation knocking The average of both the MON Motor Octane Number and gt RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Multifunction display Display field in the speedometer used to present information provided by the control system Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel with buttons for operat ing the control system Normal occupant weight gt page 310 Overspeed range Engine speeds within the red marking of the tachometer dial Avoid this en gine speed range as it may result in se rious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Parktronic system Parking assist system which uses visual and acoustic signals to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers Poly V belt drive Drives engine components alternator AC
146. al moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Vehicle care Headlamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Usea mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lens es Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plas tic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives sol vents or cleaners that contain solvents Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when clean ing the lenses Do not attempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the lens surface Operation Vehicle care Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover 1 Distronic system sensor cover gt Switch off the ignition gt page 34 gt Usea mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water and a non scratching cloth to clean sensor cover 1 To prevent scratches or damage never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the sensor cover 1 Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors 1 Parktronic syst
147. al motor safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the tread wear indicators TWI become visible at approximately Ae in 1 6 mm we rec ommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches Ue in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply re duced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely C TWI TreadWear Indicator The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Operation Tires and wheels Storing tires Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gasoline Cleaning tires Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Operation Tires and wheels Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advan tages such as better hydroplaning perfor mance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation spinning of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable tempo rary use restr
148. amps in instrument cluster gt page 328 3 Starting position When you switch on the ignition the in dicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the en gine is running This indicates that the respective systems are operational The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P Getting started Unlocking T SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If the SmartKey cannot be turned inthe Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop but starter switch the vehicle battery may ton on the gear selector lever corresponds not be sufficiently charged to turning the SmartKey to the various e Check the vehicle battery and starter switch positions charge it if necessary gt page 391 If you firmly depress the brake pedal dur ing pressing KEYLESS GO start stop but e Geta jump start gt page 394 i ton the engine starts automatically To prevent accelerated vehicle battery i 00 2303 31 discharge or a completely discharged i KEYLESS GO start stop button vehicle battery always remove the The function of the SmartKey overrules USA onl SmartKey from the starter switch when the KEYLESS GO function 2 pies 2 Canada only The Sm
149. amps in low ambient light conditions Controls in detail Control system If you turn the exterior lamp switch to another position the corresponding lamp s will switch on For safety reasons resetting the LIGHTING submenu to factory settings page 155 while driving will not re set the daytime running lamp mode In the multifunction display you will then see the message LIGHTING CANNOT BE COMPLETELY RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING Controls in detail Control system Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position Et the following lamps will switch on during darkness when the vehicle is un locked with the SmartKey e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Front fog lamps To activate locator lighting gt Make sure the function LOCATOR LIGHTING is set gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Egy when exiting the vehicle If you do not open a door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will switch off automatically after approxi mately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the LIGHTING submenu gt Press button aM or eg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display LOCATOR LIGHTING The selection marker is on the current setting LOCATOR LIGHTING ON OFF a l P54 32 2026 31 gt Pres
150. and others brief acceleration e g for passing cruise control will resume the last gt Briefly tip cruise control lever in the di speed set rection of arrow 1 gt Briefly push cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 4 Setting a lower speed Slower The cruise control resumes the last set gt Depress cruise control lever in the di gt Briefly tip cruise control lever in the di rection of arrow and hold it down rection of arrow gt Remove your foot from the accelerator until the desired speed is reached pedal gt Release cruise control lever The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately 5 seconds and the corresponding speed ometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illumi nated The new speed is set Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control system increases driving convenience afforded by the cruise control during travel on expressways and other major roads e Ifthe Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance e lf there is no vehicle directly ahead of you Distronic will function in the same way as cruise control gt page 205 Warning A N Distronic adaptive cruise control is no sub stitute for active driving involvement It does not react to
151. ands are only available by press ing the RPT button on the COMAND unit A pop up window will appear in the COMAND display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unin tentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not handy gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your pass word which you provided when you completed the subscriber agreement gt Then return to your vehicle and press the trunk lid button for a minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message CALL CONNECTED ap pears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehi cle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your acquaintance call The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature The remote door unlock feature is avail able if the relevant cellular phone net work is available The SOS button will flash and the mes sage CALL CONNECTED will appear in the multifunction display to indicate re ceipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist will at tempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the trunk lid button was pressed for more than 20 seconds before door
152. ant information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity Your vehicle is COLD TIRE PRESSURE equipped with either placard Example A or placard Example B located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 286 Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Seating VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHICLE CAPACITY WEIGHT Al KG MILES EO H SEATING CAPACITY 1 Load limit information on the Vehicle Tire Information placard data are specific to each vehicle and The placard showing the load limit informa may vary from data shown in the illus tion is located on the driver s door B pillar trations below Refer to placard on ve If your vehicle is equipped with the Vehicle hicle for actual data specific to your Tire Information placard Example B vehicle locate the heading Vehicle Capacity Weight on this placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue if applicable should never exceed the weight listed next to vehicle capacity weight rl e E Tenur n EAE aY SEATIN PACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR 3 H The combined weigh of occupants and cargo should never exceed KAX kg or XAN ibs 4 TRE size COLDTIREPRESSURE Pe a seowers E FRONT P195 70R14 200KPA 29PS1 MANUAL FOR al I oot REAR P19S 7OR14 200KPA 29S ADDITIONAL Si k Fa SPARE f Ti25 70015 4Z0KPA S0PS IN FORMATION a a P
153. ant expansion tank is located on the passenger side of the engine compart ment Using a rag turn the cap slowly approx imately one half turn to the left to re lease any excess pressure Continue turning the cap to the left and remove it Ra CL 600 and CL 65 AMG Only open the cap on coolant expan sion tank 1 Never open the cap be tween the charge air coolers Otherwise the engine could be dam aged The coolant level is correct if the level for cold coolant reaches the white marking plastic bridge inside the cool ant expansion tank for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher Add coolant as required Replace and tighten cap For more information on coolant see Coolants gt page 422 Sante Your vehicle s battery is located in the trunk under the right hand wheel well cov er panel gt page 391 The battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated ser vice life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short dis tance trips you will need to have the bat tery charge checked more frequently When replacing the battery always use batteries approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe gt PP Observe all safety instructions and pre
154. are synchronized Controls in detail Power windows Summer opening feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simulta neously opening the windows opening the tilt sliding sunroof turning on the seat ventilation for the driver s seat The seat ventilation for the driver s seat is automatically set to the highest level if activated via summer opening feature Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO at the driver s outside door handle The SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proxim ity to the driver s door handle Press and hold button until the windows and tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position Release button to interrupt pro cedure Convenience closing feature When you lock the vehicle you can close the windows and tilt sliding sunroof simul taneously gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO at the driver s outside door handle The SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proxim ity to the driver s door handle Press and hold button until the windows and tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed Release button to interrupt pro cedure Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press and hold the lock button on an outside door handle gt page 60 until the windows and the tilt sliding sun roof are completely closed
155. art child restraint which will turn off the passenger front air bag BabySmart will not however turn off any side impact air bag It should be noted that with respect to both front and rear side impact air bags there is a possibility for a side air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not prop erly seated or restrained when next to a side air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side air bag be activated 2 Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and use an appropriately sized infant or child restraint system for all children 12 years old or under 3 Always wear seat belts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have the rear mount ed side air bags deactivated then deactiva tion can be accomplished upon your written request to do so at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Air bags are designed to activate only
156. artKey with KEYLESS GO must be For information on starting the engine us located in the vehicle ing the SmartKey see Starting with the gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set SmartKey gt page 48 to P the engine is not in operation gt Do not depress the brake pedal Getting started Unlocking Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status O as with SmartKey removed Position 1 gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button once This supplies power for some electrical consumers such as seat adjustment If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e once again the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice the power supply is again switched off Ignition or position 2 gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button twice This supplies power for all electrical consumers All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instru ment cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster re mains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 328 If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power sup ply is again switched off
157. at there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk opening closing system To stop the opening proce dure press button RRM The trunk lid stops moving Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Loss of SmartKey or mechanical key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If you lose a SmartKey or mechanical key Vehicl ith KEYLESS you should do the following ehicles equipped wit SS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an each with remote control and a removable authorized Mercedes Benz Center mechanical key gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the The locking tabs for the mechanical key mechanical key immediately to your portion of the two SmartKeys with car insurance Company KEYLESS GO are a different color to help EA distinguish each SmartKey with gt If necessary have the mechanical lock KEVLESS GO unit SmartKey with KEYLESS GO replaced The KEYLESS GO function is integrated Lock button into the SmartKey On these vehicles the gt Opening button for trunk validity of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Locking tab for mechanical key is checked every time you grasp an outside AM AGK Suton Battery check lamp Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment door handle l 6 Panic button gt page 79 If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors When the passenger outsid
158. atic transmission you can change the gears manually and limit or extend the gear range for automatic shift ing with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode C or S Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simulta neously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 170 To avoid overrevving the engine when the gear selector lever is moved to the D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Upshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The transmis
159. ator lamps above the switch es show the heating level selected Switching on rapid seat heating Level gt Press switch 2 off No indicator lamp on Both red indicator lamps above the 1 One left indicator lamp on switch come on 2 Two right indicator lamps on Controls in detail Seats The system switches over to normal heating mode after approximately 5 minutes Only the right hand indica tor lamp remains lit Switching off rapid seat heating gt Press switch 2 again Both indicator lamps above the switch go out If one or both of the lamps on the seat heating switch are flashing there is in sufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off auto matically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Controls in detail Seats Vehicles with seat ventilation The switch is located on the door y oy c a Vv a gt A he T ij d JA i 5 J A F Pa E P54 gaan 31 1 Seat heating switch The red indicator lamps above the switch show the heating level selected Level off No indicator lamp on 1 One indicator lamp on 2 Two indicator lamps on gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Switching on seat heating gt Press switch Q twice A red indicator lamp above the switch comes on Switching off
160. attery cover and the trim inside the trunk on the right hand side gt Pull release knob Q in the direction of arrow The fuel filler flap can be opened Y Opening closing in an emergency Tilt sliding sunroof gt You can open or close the tilt sliding sun roof manually should an electrical malfunc tion occur The tilt sliding sunroof drive is located be hind the lens of the interior overhead light O fF G zzz P g 00 3046 31 C Lens Pry off lens Q using a flat blade screw driver gt page 370 Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Take the crank from the operator s manual pouch P68 00 3047 31 2 Crank Practical hints Opening closing in an emergency gt Insert crank 2 through hole gt Turn crank 2 clockwise to e slide sunroof closed e raise roof at the rear gt Turn crank 2 counterclockwise to e slide sunroof open e lower roof at the rear Turn crank 2 slowly and smoothly The tilt sliding sunroof must be syn chronized after being operated manual ly gt page 204 Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are dis charged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center VAN Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of ch
161. ays use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the ABS and ESP in winter operation For safe handling make sure that all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design Warning A N Winter tires with a tread depth under Vie in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Operation Winter driving Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your vehicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such notices are available from your tire dealer or from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A If you use your spare tire when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style a
162. bs is a technically highly demanding process we recommend you have the side marker lamp bulbs replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Tail lamp assemblies Passenger side 1 Black socket Backup lamp 2 Red socket Driver s side Tail parking and rear fog lamp Passenger s side Tail and parking lamp 3 Red socket Tail standing and parking lamp 4 White socket Turn signal lamp Turn the locking knob and move the trim to the side Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out Gently twist bulb counterclockwise and pull out of bulb holder Insert new bulb into the holder and turn it clockwise Reinstall bulb socket The bulb socket should audibly click Replace trim and secure with lock Practical hints License plate lamp Replacing bulbs 1 Screws gt v v Yy Loosen both screws Q Remove the license plate lamp Replace the bulb Reinstall the license plate lamp Retighten screws Q Practical hints Replacing wiper blades T Removing wiper blades To avoid damage to the hood the wiper arms should only be folded forward when in the vertical position gt Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 1 gt Turn combination switch to wiper wae setting Il gt page 54 gt With wiper arm in vertical position turn N SmartKey in starter switch to position O Wit P82 30 2192 31 tes gt Turn the wiper blade at a righ
163. bserve the follow ing e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic convert er are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only use 12 volt battery to jump start your vehicle Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the ve hicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure that the jumper ca bles are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or running Avoid repeated and lengthy starting at tempts Do not attempt to start the engine us ing a battery quick charge unit If engine does not run after several un successful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery Do not tow start the vehicle The battery is located on the right side of A Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Warning Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling auto
164. cautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with clean water and seek medical help if necessary Operation Engine compartment Wear eye protection A Keep children away Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Follow the instructions in this Operators Manual Operation Engine compartment Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system The windshield washer reservoir is located in the engine compartment 1 Washer fluid reservoir Fluid for the windshield washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the windshield washer reservoir It has a capacity of approx 7 1 US qt 6 7 I During all seasons add MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S to water Premix the windshield washer fluid in a suitable container ka Mane A Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts b
165. ccordingly Warning Have the spare tire replaced with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Winter driving Block heater Canada only The engine is equipped with a block heater The electrical cable may be installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Snow chains SS ee eel Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow When driving with snow chains you may wish to deactivate the ESP page 83 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Please observe the following guidelines when using snow chains Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations Snow chains should only be used on the rear wheels Follow the manufac turers mounting instructions Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains Even on vehicles with all wheel drive use snow chains on rear tires only Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires use of snow chains is not permis sible with the following tire siz
166. ce has been performed Resetting the system without performing the proper service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will re sult in engine damage and or other ve hicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Vehicle care Cleaning and care of vehicle A Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the partic ular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Warning Never use fluids or solvents that are not de signed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external in fluences which if gone unchecked can at tack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by ex treme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e far e Graveland stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should imme diately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or elimi nates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in in
167. cedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com or www mercedes benz ca Warning A To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Title illustration no P00 0 1 2397 31 Press time May 25 2005 GSP TIP Printed in Germany
168. ces sary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained gt page 286 Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure A Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 110 Ib ft 150 Nm Warning Only use Genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims For information on wheel change see the Practical hints section gt page 386 Y Winter driving Before the onset of winter have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center This service includes e Check of anticorrosion and antifreeze concentration e Addition of cleaning concentrate to the water of the windshield and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for below freezing temperatures gt page 423 e Battery test Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to make sure that the engine can be started even at low ambient temperatures e Tire change mene Alw
169. ch 1 to the left The functions in the rear are enabled again Vv Panic alarm An audible alarm and blinking exterior lamps will operate for approximately 2 minutes P80 35 2088 31 button Activating gt Press and hold button Q for at least 1 second Deactivating gt Press button Q again or gt Insert the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and Safety and Security Panic alarm 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment i Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Safety and Security Driving safety systems
170. check the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Checking tire inflation pressure electronically The tire inflation pressure monitor only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pressure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in tire inflation pressure in one or more of the tires You can call up the tire inflation pressure monitoring display using the control system gt page 137 After you have reactivated the tire infla tion pressure monitor the current tire inflation pressures will only be shown after a few minutes driving time During this time you will see the follow ing message in the multifunction dis play TIRE PRES DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINUTES Possible differences between the readings of a tire inflation pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur The readings issued by the control system are more pre cise gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu appears in the multifunction display gt page 137 Press button EAN or Ref repeatedly until the current tire inflation pressures for each tire appear in the mult
171. ched back on have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The red seat belt telltale illumi The driver has not fastened his or her seat gt Fasten your seat belt nates briefly after starting the belt l The warning lamp goes out engine Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The yellow warning lamp for the The tire inflation pressure monitor detectsa Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding tire inflation pressure monitor loss of pressure in at least one tire abrupt steering and braking maneuvers comes on Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the mul tifunction display The warning lamp goes out once the tire in flation pressure monitor has been reactivat ed after the tire inflation pressures have been corrected Warning A N When the tire inflation pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire in formation placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare
172. cles or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty CL 500 CL 55 AMG 1 Oil dipstick 2 Filler cap gt Unscrew filler cap 2 from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the en gine and catalytic converter not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Screw filler cap 2 back on filler neck CL 600 Q Filler cap Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the en gine and catalytic converter not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap Q back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 418 and gt page 420 CL 65 AMG 1 Filler cap gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water Operation Engine compartment Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does
173. cruise control gt Step on the brake pedal Cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use Moving the gear selector lever to position N while driving also cancels cruise control However the gear se lector lever should not be moved to position N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads The last stored speed is canceled when you turn off the engine Controls in detail Driving systems Setting a higher speed Ri Setting to last stored speed gt Lift cruise control lever in the direction When you use the cruise control lever Resume function of arrow Q and hold it up until the de to decelerate the transmission will au sired speed is reached tomatically downshift if the engine s Warning A N braking power does not brake the vehi gt Release cruise control lever i cle sufficiently The speed stored in memory should only be The new speed is set set again if prevailing road conditions per E Fine adjustment in 1 mph mit Possible acceleration or deceleration Canada 1 km h increments differences arising from returning to the pre Depressing the accelerator pedal does set speed could cause an accident and or not deactivate cruise control After Faster serious injury to you
174. cupant safety Children in the vehicle If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle e Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child e Make sure the infant or child is proper ly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion Infant and child restraint seats and infor mation on choosing an appropriate re straint system can be obtained from any Mercedes Benz Center Infant and child restraint systems Use only a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion All lap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child re straint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratch eting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual man ner For more information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether an chorages see Installation of infant and child restraint systems
175. d Right center air vent adjustable Side defroster vent fixed Side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for side air vent Door air vent Automatic climate control panel For draft free ventilation move the slid ers for the center air vents O to the middle position P83 RR Automatic climate control panel r OO QLOQOQ OOHOHOD Controls in detail Automatic climate control Item Front defroster Rear window defroster Display Residual engine heat utilization Automatic climate control on off Air distribution right automatic manual AC cooling on off Right side temperature control Air volume automatic manual Left side temperature control Air recirculation Air distribution left automatic man ual Activated charcoal filter Controls in detail Automatic climate control The automatic climate control is operation al whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in ei ther the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depend ing on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature Warning A N When operating the automatic climate con trol the air that enters the passenger com partment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set tem perature This may cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents
176. d Security Here you will find descriptions of the safety and security features of your vehicle ETN Controls in detail Here you will find detailed information about the equipment installed in your vehi cle This section expands on the Getting started section and also describes techni cal innovations If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you E Operation Here you will find all the information you need for the proper operation of your vehi cle EE E Practical hints This section provides fast assistance for dealing with problems you may encounter a Technical data All important technical data for your vehi cle can be found in this section el Indexes The glossary provides explanations of the most important technical terms The table of contents and the index are de signed to help you find information quickly and easily The following publications are part of your vehicle documentation e this Operators Manual e the Maintenance Booklet Separate operating instructions will be provided as required depending on the equipment options installed in your vehi cle Y Symbols Trademarks ESP is a registered trademark of DaimlerChrysler HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp The following symbols are found in
177. d off e the position is stored in memory gt page 123 With the easy entry exit feature activated and depending on your selection the steering wheel tilts upwards and or the driver s seat moves a few inches to the rear when you e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 in position 1 If the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated If the current seat position falls into a factory set position range and the sys tem recognizes the current seat posi tion to be rearward enough for easy entry and exit the driver s seat will not move to the rear when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly in terrupted when the engine is started Controls in detail Seats Warning A N Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in mo tion All driver s seat and steering wheel ad justments must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the drivers seat steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Controls in detail Seats Removing and installing front seat Front seat head restraints Removing f
178. dard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passen gers and cargo Operation Tires and wheels DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the Certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GWV must never exceed the GWVR indicated on the Certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Operation Tires and wheels GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passen gers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on Certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kilopascals kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bars There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar
179. de M lever one touch gearshifting selected the transmission will go to On slippery road surfaces never downshift gt page 172 and Steering wheel the automatic program mode C or S in order to obtain braking action This could gearshift control one touch gear shift when the engine is restarted result in drive wheel slip and reduced ing CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not gt page 173 Upshifting prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to Activating manual shift program the right in the D direction gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to gt Press program mode selector the left in the D direction switch 1 repeatedly until the M for the a or manual program mode M appears in gt Briefly press button on the right the tachometer display side of the steering wheel gt Briefly press button C on the left side o gt page 173 of the steering wheel gt page 173 The transmission switches to the E l manual program mode M Automatic The transmission shifts to the next The transmission shifts to the next shifting is switched off The gear range higher gear NER ERAR is not limited You can change the gears manually when When you brake or stop the transmis the gear selector lever is in position D You sion shifts down to a gear from which can upshift or downshift through the gears you can easily accelerate or take off in s
180. dustrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thor ough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Dam aged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the facto ry with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others ap plied later We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care prod
181. e locks Unlocking gt Press central unlocking switch 2 The vehicle unlocks Controls in detail Locking and unlocking You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch 2 If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch 1 While in the global remote control mode the vehicle is unlocked com pletely when a door is opened from the inside While in the selective remote con trol mode only the door opened from inside is unlocked Controls in detail Seats For more information on seat adjustment see Adjusting gt page 37 Easy entry exit feature This feature allows for easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the driver s seat is in its maximum forward position and the steer ing wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activat ed or deactivated inthe CONVENIENCE sub menu of the control system gt page 163 Warning A N You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel and driver s seat when the easy en try exit feature is activated To cancel seat steering wheel movement do one of the following e Press seat adjustment switch gt
182. e 102 until the indi cator lamp in the switch goes out and trunk lid is closed To interrupt the closing procedure gt Release the remote trunk open ing closing switch You can also close the trunk by hand gt page 104 Warning A N Maintain sight of trunk area while operating the door mounted remote trunk open ing closing switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure release the door mounted remote trunk open ing closing switch Even with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the start er switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsuper vised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high in the upper motion sequence the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk from the outside manually
183. e containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon depos its After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to en gine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be en countered due to lack of availability of gas olines which contain these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles Refer to Factory Approved Service Products Pamphlet for a listing of approved product s Follow di rections on product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending addition al fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles listed in the Factory Approved Service Products Pamphlet are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which pro vides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 22 F
184. e door han dle is grasped the vehicle is centrally e the trunk unlocked e the fuel filler flap Warning J When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO to high levels of electro magnetic radiation USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment You can also open and close the win dows
185. e exterior rear view mirror button 2 Passenger side exterior rear view mirror button gt Press button 2 for passenger side ex terior rear view mirror gt Place the gear selector lever in reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward in the stored position The exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e 10 seconds after you put the gear se lector lever out of position R e immediately once your vehicle exceeds a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h e immediately when you press button for driver s side mirror Power folding exterior rear view mirrors Before driving the vehicle through an automatic car wash fold the exterior mirrors in Otherwise they may get damaged Folding exterior rear view mirrors in and out automatically When the corresponding function in the control system is activated gt page 164 e The exterior rear view mirrors automatically fold in as soon as the ve hicle is locked from the outside e The exterior rear view mirrors automatically fold out as soon as the vehicle is unlocked and the driver s or passenger door are subsequently opened If you are driving at more than approxi mately 9 mph 15 km h you will not be able to fold the exterior mirrors in Folding exterior rear view mirrors in and out manually The exterior rear view mirrors can vibrate if they are not folded ou
186. e instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Air bag system components will be hot after the air bag has inflated Do not touch In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or emergency tensioning device our safety instructions must be fol lowed These instructions are available from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the air bags there is the possibility of abra sions or other injuries resulting from air bag deployment When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front air bags P91 60 2637 31 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger front air bag Driver s and passenger front air bags are deployed e inthe event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment thresholds
187. e phone book has been loaded Press button JA or Reg repeatedly until the desired name appears in the multifunction display The stored names are displayed in as cending or descending alphabetical or der If you press and hold EN or A for longer than 1 second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again Cancel the quick search mode by pressing N gt Press button K The system dials the selected phone number e f the connection is successful the name of the party you called and the duration of the call will appear in the multifunction display TEL opoo HEIMEN e f no connection is made the con trol system stores the dialed num ber in the redial memory P5 4 32 2014 31 Redialing The control system stores the most recent ly dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the mul tifunction display gt Press button gl In the multifunction display you see the first number in the redial memory gt Press button JM or eg repeatedly until the desired name appears in the multifunction display If you do not want to use the telephone press button P gt Press button F The control system dials the selected phone number Controls in detail Control system NAVI menu In the NAVI menu you will
188. e tire inflation pressure e if you have replaced the wheels or tires e if you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the tire placard on the drivers door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is cor rect gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu appears in the multifunction display gt page 137 gt Press button J or Ref repeatedly until you see the current tire inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunction display or the following message appears in the multifunction display TIRE PRES DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINUTES If you are transporting a deflated tire in the vehicle do not activate the tire inflation pressure monitor until e the deflated tire is no longer in the vehicle e you have inflated the tire to the correct tire inflation pressure Press the reset button on the in strument cluster gt page 134 Operation Tires and wheels The following message will appear in the multifunction display MONITOR CURRENT TIRE PRESSURES Press the button The following message will appear in the multifunction display TIRE PRES MONITOR REACTIVATED The tire inflation pressure monitor will now monitor the tire inflation pressure values of all four tires The following message will appear in the mul
189. e with the SmartKey then either the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the SmartKey is malfunction ing or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey and replace them if nec essary gt page 376 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door gt page 372 and the trunk gt page 373 e Use the mechanical key to lock the driver s door gt page 372 e Have the vehicle battery and the battery connections checked gt page 391 If the SmartKey is malfunctioning con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Checking the batteries gt Press button or a Battery check lamp comes on brief ly to indicate that the SmartKey batter les are in order If battery check lamp G does not comes on briefly during check then the SmartKey batteries are discharged Replace the batteries gt page 376 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within sig nal range of the vehicle pressing the button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Unlocking and opening the trunk You can unlock and open the trunk sepa rately A minimum height clearance of 6 3 ft 1 90 m is required to open the trunk lid gt Press and hold button until trunk unlocks and begins to open The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure th
190. ear in the multifunction display and the audio system Is muted When the connection is established the message CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established gt Describe the nature of the need for as sistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may ap ply Refer to the Roadside Assistance Manual for more information Sign and Drive services only available in the USA Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are ob tainable The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button remains illumi nated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after switching on the igni tion together with the SOS button and the Information button B Controls in detail Useful features See system self check gt page 242 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp i
191. easons have any service work which may be necessary performed only by qualified personnel Operational readiness of CD changer If a CD changer has been installed in the system it can be operated from the COMAND system key pad located in the center dashboard A loaded magazine must be installed for CD playing Loading unloading the CD magazine The CD changer is located behind the cov er on the left hand side in the trunk gt Remove the CD changer cover gt Slide the CD changer door to the right and press the eject button EW gt The magazine is ejected a CD CD changer g 3 CD tray 4 CD magazine P82 60 3772 31 Remove the magazine and com pletely pull out the CD tray Place the CD Q in the recess of the tray label side up Push the tray 3 into the magazine in the direction shown by the arrow CDs which have been inserted improp erly or are unreadable will not be played Push the magazine 4 into the CD changer 2 in the direction shown by the arrow and close the CD changer door TEL menu Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before making or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use t
192. eat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed Getting started Driving In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt The air bags can only provide the protection they were designed to afford if the occupants are using their seat belts gt page 62 Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Other wise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result gt D Getting started Driving i According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significant
193. eath Programming the integrated remote control Step 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Step 2 gt If you have previously programmed an signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmit ter buttons 2 and and release them only when the indicator lamp begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This proce dure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and be gin directly with step 3 Step 3 gt Hold the end of the hand held remote control of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 in 5 to12 cm away from the signal trans mitter button or to be pro grammed while keeping the indicator lamp in view Step 4 gt Using both hands simultaneously press the hand held remote control button 6 and the desired signal trans mitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is com pleted The indicator lamp Q will flash first slowly and then rapidly The indicator lamp Q flashes immedi ately the first time the signal transmit ter b
194. ecause it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned For more information see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield system gt page 425 Washer Concentrate and water or commercially available premixed wind shield washer solvent antifreeze de pending on ambient temperatures Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could re sult in damage to the washer sys tem reservolr Vv Tires and wheels See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase Warning A N Replace rims or tires with the same designa tion manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted e The wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged e The operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct Warning A N Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use Genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident R
195. ecee ees 134 Instrument cluster illumination 134 Coolant temperature gauge 135 Trip odometer cccceseceeeeees 135 TaChOmMetel cccssecccesseeceeseees 136 Outside temperature indicator 136 COOK eE 136 Control system ccssssccccessceeeeees 137 Manual shift program Ventilated storage compartment 195 Multifunction display 066 137 CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG 175 Rear passenger compartment Multifunction steering wheel 138 Emergency operation adjustable air vents seecee 196 Menia E 140 Limp Home Mode 0 0c000 177 Power WINdOWS csesccccssseceneeees 197 Standard display menu 142 Good Visibility ceesccceeseeeeeeees 178 Opening and closing the power AUDIO MENU aiceisavecseseseeaeateesarier 142 Headlamp cleaning system 178 WINQOW Soarian nlite eaaee 197 CD changer operating mode 145 Rear VIEW MIITOIS cseecceeeeeeees 178 synchronizing the power EL AMG sro 147 Power folding exterior rear WINIQOW 52 24scdeapacseccae seen gant meeaaies 199 NAVI Me NU ccsessccceeseeecneeees 149 VIEW MIFTOTS ccceeeccccesesccensscees 180 Summer opening feature 200 Distronic MenU sessseesssersssesss 150 SUAVIS OS wae ensceanaee egietetesmtese 181 Convenience closing feature 200 Trip computer MeNU c000 151 Rear window sunshade
196. ectrolyte may escape the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or the respiratory sys tem In case it does immediately flush af fected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely removed while in their liq uid state and by applying plenty of wa ter Interior rear view mirror gt Manually adjust the interior rear view mirror For more information see Rear view mir rors gt page 178 Getting started Adjusting Exterior rear view mirrors Warning A N Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Getting started Adjusting The buttons are located on the driver s door PB8 70 2198 31 1 Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button 2 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 3 Adjustment button Switch on the ignition gt page 34 i The memory function gt page 122 lets you store the setting for the exterior rear view mirrors together with the set ting for the steering wheel and the seat
197. ects air to the footwells Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 54 Adjusting manually gt Press left or right button Big The button M will pop out The button emerges and the Em The indicator lamp in the button goes out gt Press on both buttons Egy until they click in gt Press button to switch off the air EE WAG and BRM symbols become visible recirculation gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button goes out The ma ES EN and BA sym bols are no longer visible Adjusting air volume Use air volume control 9 gt page 185 for both automatic and manual air volume ad justment Adjusting automatically gt Press A on air volume switch Q gt page 185 The display shows AUTO The air volume is adjusted automatically Adjusting manually Reducing air volume gt Press switch 9 down until the desired air volume is reached The display shows the current level Increasing air volume gt Press switch 9 up until the desired air volume is reached The display shows the current level Maximum cooling MAXCOOL If the left and right air distribution controls as well as the air volume control are set to BGR and there is a high need for cool ing the display AUTO MAXCOOL appears This provides the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and tilt sliding sunroof roof are closed Controls in detai
198. ed the tire inflation pressure moni tor automatically becomes active again gt Have the tire inflation pressure monitor checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheels checked Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution TIRE PRESSURE The pressure is too low in one or more Check and correct tire inflation pressure PLEASE CORRECT tires as required gt page 294 TIRE PRESSURE One or more tires are deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoid CAUTION TIRE PRES ing abrupt steering and braking maneu vers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Change the damaged wheel gt page 386 gt Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Display TIRE PRESSURE CHECK TIRES Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Possible cause consequence The pressure has fallen significantly in one or more tires
199. ed switch off fea nee gaye E R Ea ture is activated gt ie the seared pene an the or E button to the You can temporarily deactivate the de A Pees OR Nel baleen LIGHTING submenu layed switch off feature vane gt Press button eN or Re repeatedly Before leaving the vehicle turn the Interior illumination delayed switch off until you see this message in the multi SmartKey in the starter switch to sacle TE E E di function display HEADLAMPS DELAYED position 0 B O ucbi iia arlons SWITCH OFF how long you would like the interior light ing to remain lit during darkness after the The selection marker is on the current SmartKey is removed from the starter setting switch HEADLAMPS gt Move the selection marker with DELAYED SWITCH OFF the or SH button to the J Bee x LIGHTING submenu DD 30 SEC 15 SEC U SEC il P54 32 2770 31 Controls in detail Control system gt gt gt Press button A or eg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display INTERIOR LIGHTING DELAYED SWITCH OFF The selection marker is on the current setting INTERIOR LIGHTING DELAYED SwWITCH OFF 20 SEC P 4 32 2631 31 gt Press or E to select the de sired lamp on time period You can se lect e 0 SEC the delayed switch off fea ture is deactivated e o SbGee 10 SEG ay 15 SEke Or 20 SEC the delayed switch off fea ture is activated Vehicle submenu Access the VEHICLE submenu via the SETINGS m
200. educed vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of control loss Warning Operation Driving instructions Road salts and chemicals can adversely af fect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal braking effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficien cy should be tested as soon as possible af ter driving is resumed Warning A N Make sure not to encoder any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow Is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle in terior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the ve hicle not facing the wind Warning The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose In dicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice For more information on winter driving see Winter driving gt page 313
201. eep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Head restraint tilt You can adjust the angle manually by pull ing or pushing the head restraints by hand Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possi ble Lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the seat s lumbar support to help enhance support to your spine The thumbwheels for the driver s and front passenger s seat are located on the outer side of the seat 1 a ae yt a i El k RA Fiat jn P91 25 2168 31 C Thumbwheel gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Set the lumbar support between 0 and 5 Multicontour seats The multicontour seat has inflatable air cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side sup port The seat backrest cushion height and cur vature can be adjusted with switches on the right side of the seat after switching on ignition Controls in detail Seats The switches for the driver and front pas senger seat are located on the inner side of the seat P91 25 2167 31 1 Shoulder region support 2 Side bolster adjustment 3 Massage function PULSE 4 Lumbar region support gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Shoulder region support gt Press or E on switch The air cushion inflates or deflates
202. eet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis Warning Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to e increase vehicle safety e reduce fuel consumption Vehicle level when Use for stationary Normal level Normal operation Level 1 Driving with snow chains gt page 314 Level 2 conditions Dependent on load Very rough road surface The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered according to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed e With increasing speed ride height is re duced by up to approximately 0 95 in 24 mm e With decreasing speed the ride height is again raised to the selected vehicle level These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Ride height increase over normal None Max 0 55 in 14 mm Max 0 95 in 24 mm Automatic lowering Max approx 0 4 in 11 mm Controls in detail Driving systems Select the level 1 and 2 settings only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise e Fuel consumption may increase e Handling may be impaired The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary Indicator lamps Both lamps off Max approx 0 55 in 14 mm One lamp on Max approx 0 95 in 24 mm Both lamps on Controls in detail Driving systems The button with the indicator lamps is lo
203. egular and fill up with premium unleaded as soon as possible Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two per sons and no luggage Do not exceed T of maximum ac celerator pedal position if the vehi cle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuel requirements Use only premium unleaded fuel e The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R octane num ber and the Motor M octane number R M 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufac turers is carbon build up caused by gaso line Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasolin
204. eing loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 Operation Tires and wheels Step 6 if applicable gt If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 291 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configura tions and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 lbs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s placard gt page 287 Operation Tires and wheels Example Combined Numberof Seating weight limit occupants configura of occu driver and tion pants and passengers cargo from placard 1 1500 Ibs 4 front 2 rear 2 2 1500 Ibs 3 front 1 rear 2 3 1500 Ibs 1 front 1 The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 291 Occupants weight Occupant 1 Occupant 2 Occupant 3 Occupant 4 Occupant 1 Occupant 2 Occupant 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 180 Ibs 160 Ibs 140 Ibs 200 Ibs 190 Ibs 150 lbs 150 Ibs Combined weight of all
205. el erate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control Warning Getting started Driving Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking system engages and the locking knobs drop down If you hear a warning signal and the message In order to avoid damaging the trans mission e wait for the gear selection process to complete before setting the vehi cle in motion e place the gear selector lever in position P or R only when the vehi cle is stopped Release the brake pedal Carefully depress the accelerator pedal RELEASE PARKING BRAKE appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake After a cold start the automatic transmis sion shifts at a higher engine revolution This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature faster Do not run cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine Getting started Driving Simultan
206. elector lever is still in position P and the SmartKey is then inserted in the starter switch The SmartKey will then have priority over the KEYLESS GO function and the vehicle s electrical system will operate accord ing to the position of the SmartKey in the starter switch even stopping the engine If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is positioned farther away from the vehi cle the system may no longer recog nize the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The vehicle then cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is re moved from the vehicle while the igni tion is switched on e g if passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO the message KEY NOT RECOGNIZED will appear in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO that is left inside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message KEY STILL IN VERIGEE will appear in the multifunction display Factory setting Global unlocking gt Grasp an outside door handle All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed If the vehicle has been parked
207. ell to the left of the park ing brake pedal The radiator fan may continue to run for ap proximately 30 seconds or even restart af ter the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades gt gt 2 Handle for opening the hood P88 40 2295 31 1 Release lever Operation Engine compartment b gt Closing Engine oil a A The amount of oil your engine needs will If you see flames or smoke coming from the Warning depend on a number of factors including engine compartment or if the coolant tem ERE a a rivin le Higher oil consumption can i BE ae Be careful that you do not close the hood on CNI E Spe tele nel Ol CONSUmPNOT GA perature gauge indicates that the engine is occur when overheated do not open the hood Move IE s eVe ETEN away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled down If neces gt Let the hood drop from a height of ap e the vehicle is driven frequently at sary call the fire department proximately 1 ft 30 cm higher engine speeds The hood will lock audibly Engine oil consumption checks should only gt Check to make sure the hood is fully be made after the vehicle break in period Warning A N closed ti The engine is equipped with a transistorized If you can raise the hood at a point Do not use any special lubricant addi ignition system Because of the high voltage above the headlamps then it is not tives as these may damage the drive it is dangerous
208. elow the minimum speed of approximately 22 mph 35 km h by operation of the sys tem At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed fur ther or bring it to a stop Warning Controls in detail Driving systems Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following dis tance for Distronic by varying the time set ting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the vehi cle ahead The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display field A It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recom mendations for safe following distance Warning Controls in detail Driving systems The distance warning function on off but ton and thumbwheel for setting distance are located on the lower part of the front center console Fa P54 70 2324 31 1 Distance warning function on off but ton 2 Thumbwheel for setting distance Increasing distance Increasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a greater following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 2 towards REA Decreasing distance Decreasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a shorter following
209. em gt Press button Keg or BaN The stored messages will now be dis played in the order in which the mal functions have occurred See the Practical hints section for malfunc tion and warning messages gt page 337 Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunc tion display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or re moved from the starter switch If you press the reset button in the instrument clus ter gt page 134 the next message will be displayed immediately The vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you switch off the ignition You will then only see high pri ority messages in the multifunction dis play These are highlighted in red color gt page 337 Controls in detail Control system Settings menu In the SETTINGS menu there are two func tions The function TO RESET PRESS R BUTTON FOR 3 SEC with which you can reset all settings to the original factory set tings A collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle Press button or repeatedly until the SETTINGS menu appears in the multifunction display SETTINGS TO RESET PRESS p R BUTTON FOR 3 SEC P54 32 2628 31 The following settings and submenus are available Function Resetting all settings Submenus in the settings menu Instrument cluster subm
210. em sensors in front bumper Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean sensors 1 on the bumpers Do not apply strong pressure to the sensor covers Applying strong pres sure may damage the sensor covers Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on main taining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer To prevent scratches never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the sensors Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Operation Vehicle care Cleaning the windows and the wiper i blades SE A Fold the windshield wiper arms back T For safety reasons switch off wipers and re ai aa aee Ae Hla une l j SmartKey in the starter switch or The windshield wipers must be in a ver move SmartKey from starter switch vehi ressing the KEYLESS GO start sto tical position before folding them away cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the p ee l P l ee button vehicles with KEYLESS GO from the windshield They could other vehicle s on board electronics have wise damage the hood status 0 before cleaning the windshield the Hold on to the wiper when folding the TEE E ace whentheavioer windshield and or the wiper blades Other wiper arm back If released the force en inde uae p wise the wiper motor could suddenly turn of
211. ency call 241 system button At a glance Door control panel Item Page G Door handle 100 2 Memory function for stor 122 ing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel settings 3 Seat heating 119 Seat ventilation 121 4 Seat adjustment 37 Item Exterior mirror adjustment Mirror folding function Switches for opening clos ing front door windows Override switch for rear pas senger compartment Switches for opening clos ing rear side windows Remote trunk open ing closing switch Page 43 178 181 197 78 197 102 ee a LS Getting started Unlocking Adjusting Driving Parking and locking Getting started Unlocking The Getting started section provides an Unlocking with the SmartKey overview of the vehicle s most basic func tions First time Mercedes Benz owners should pay special attention to the infor mation given here If you are already familiar with the basic functions described here the Controls in detail section will provide you with further information The corresponding page refer ences are located at the end of each seg ment P80 35 2086 31 SmartKey with remote control 1 Lock button 2 Opening button for trunk 3 Unlock button 4 Panic button gt page 79 Opening a door causes the windows on that side of the car to open slightly They will return to the up position whe
212. enu Lighting submenu Vehicle submenu Convenience submenu Page 154 155 1S7 158 162 163 Resetting all settings You can reset all the functions of all sub menus to the factory settings gt Press the reset button gt page 134 for approximately 3 seconds In the multifunction display you will see the request to press the reset button again to confirm gt Press the reset button again The functions of all the submenus will reset to factory settings The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a sec ond time Due to safety reasons resetting all of the settings while driving will not reset all of the values in the LIGHTING or the VEHICLE menu Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button a In the multifunction display you will see the collection of the submenus TI p7 VEHICLE b g CONUENTENCE P 4 32 2786 31 gt Press button or a The selection marker moves to the next submenu The submenus are arranged by hierarchy Scroll down with the J button scroll up with the button Controls in detail Control system With the selection marker on the desired submenu use the IEA button to access the individual functions within that sub menu Once within the submenu you can use the button EAN to move to the next function or the button YA to move to the previous function within that submenu The settin
213. enu Use the VEHICLE submenu to make general vehicle settings The following functions are available Function Page Set automatic locking 162 Limiting opening height of trunk 163 lid Setting automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the au tomatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Press button or E to move the selection marker to the VEHICLE submenu gt Press button JM or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK The selection marker is on the current setting AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK ON g OFF af P54 37 27034 31 gt Press or E to switch AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK ON or OFF Limiting opening height of trunk lid This function is available on vehicles with the trunk opening closing system Use this function to activate or deactivate the limiting opening height of trunk lid gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to VEHICLE submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display OPENING LIMITER TRUNK LID The selection marker is on the current setting OPENING LIMITER TRUNK LID ON OFF l P54 30 7427 31 gt Press button or E to switch the opening limiter for trunk lid ON or OFF Convenience submenu Access the CON
214. eously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear You can open a locked door from the inside Open doors only when condi tions are safe to do so You can deactivate the automatic lock ing using the control system gt page 162 For more information see Driving instruc tions gt page 259 Switching on headlamps Low beam headlamps The exterior lamp switch is located on the dashboard to the left of the steering wheel Exterior lamp switch 1 Off 2 Low beam headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to E The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 125 High beam The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column i Combination switch C High beam 2 High beam flasher Getting started Driving gt Push combination switch in the direc Turn signals gt Press the combination switch up or tion of arrow Q down 2 Th inati itch is th l _ The high beam headlamps are switched i A a T ESAE The corresponding turn signal indicator left of the steering column on lamp EN or SI flashes in the in The high beam headlamp strument cluster gt page 24 indicator ey in the tachometer comes on The combination switch resets automati cally after maj
215. er ature unit to degrees Celsius C or de grees Fahrenheit F Controls in detail Control system Selecting speedometer display mode gt Move the selection marker with the or SSH button to the INST CLUS submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display DISPLAY VALUES IN The selection marker is on the current setting DISPLAY VALUES IH MILES ca Mm o oa P54 92 2024 31 gt Press or E to set speedome ter unit to MILES or KM Controls in detail Control system Selecting language gt Move the selection marker with the or SSH button to the INST CLUS submenu gt Press button JM or eg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display LANGUAGE The selection marker is on the current setting LANGUAGE DEUTSCH NGLI a SH ii FRANCAIS H ITALIANO ESPANOL P 4 32 26279 31 gt Press or E to select the lan guage to be used for the multifunction display messages Available languages e German English French e Italian e Spanish Selecting tire inflation pressure unit Use this function to set the unit for the tire inflation pressure display gt gt Move the selection marker with the or SSH button to the INST CLUS submenu Press button EN or Reg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display DISPLAY UNIT TIRE PRESSURE The selection marke
216. es e 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S on 8 5 x 18 rims e 245 45 R18 96H M S on 8 5 x 18 rims e 245 45 R18 100Y XL Extra Load on 8 5 x 18 rims e 245 45 R18 96Y on 8 5 x 18 rims e 265 40 R18 101Y XL Extra Load e 265 40 R18 97Y e 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load e 245 40 ZR19 e 275 35 ZR19 100Y XL Extra Load e 275 35 ZR19 Vv Maintenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indi cator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in ve hicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator will no tify you when your next maintenance ser vice Is due Starting approximately 1 month before your next maintenance service is due one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A A SERVICE IN XXXXX MI Canada IN XXXXX_ KM A SERVICE IN XXX DAYS A SERVICE IN X DAY A SERVICE DUE NOW Operation Maintenance A SERVICE IN 9900 HI P54 32 277 1 31 The type of maintenance service due is in dicated in the multifunction disp
217. es gt page 313 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise ap propriate caution Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the driv etrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tire speed rating Regardless of the tire rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driv ing speeds appropriate to prevailing condi tions A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi mum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail ure causing loss of vehicle control and pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others CL 500 Your vehicle is factory equipped with H rated tires which have a speed rating of 130 mph 210 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h CL 600 Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle
218. es out If you press and hold button REJ the windows and or tilt sliding sunroof will return to their previous position A window or tilt sliding sunroof will only return to its previous position if it has not been moved to another posi tion using the respective window switch or tilt sliding sunroof switch af ter it was closed with button EEJ A window or tilt sliding sunroof that was moved will remain in its current po sition if button EE is used to re open the remaining windows or tilt sliding sunroof The system switches automatically to the air recirculation mode if the carbon monoxide CO or nitrogen oxide NOx concentration of the outside air increases beyond a predetermined level for example in a tunnel The automatic air recirculation mode does not function if mode is selected or if the outside temperature has fallen below 41 F 5 C The activated charcoal filter should be switched off when windows fog up on the inside or if the passenger compartment needs to be quickly heated or cooled down Rear window defroster The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The de froster is automatically deactivated after approximately 6 to 17 minutes of opera tion depending on the outside tempera ture Activating gt Press button EJ gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button comes On
219. es Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Make sure you are using the correct wheel bolts b gt Practical hints Flat tire gt gt Guide the spare wheel onto the align ment bolt and push it on gt Insert wheel bolts and tighten them slightly gt Unscrew the alignment bolt install last wheel bolt and tighten slightly wamne ZN P40 10 2794 31 Use only Genuine equipment C Wheel bolts Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly fol bolts may come loose lowing the diagonal sequence illustrat Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the ve ed to until all bolts are tight hicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could Observe a tightening torque of fall off the jack 110 lb ft 150 Nm Lowering the vehicle Warning J gt Lower vehicle by turning crank coun terclockwise until vehicle is resting ful ly on its own weight Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of gt Remove the jack 110 Ib ft 150 Nm Before storing the jack in the trunk it should be fully collapsed with handle folded in Place the wheel bolt wrench alignment bolt and jack back in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk and close the covering lid Replacing
220. es on e An intermittent warning sounds Immediately brake the vehicle to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking The intermittent warning sound ceases and the red distance warning lamp goes out when the neces sary distance to the vehicle ahead Is again established Warning A N An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be ca pable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final caution that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning sig nal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always re sult in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident Warning Distronic brakes your vehicle with a maxi mum of 6 5 ft s 2 m s This corre sponds to about 20 of the maximum deceleration ability of your vehicle Distronic brakes the
221. ether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions b gt Getting started Adjusting oe A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Seat adjustment The seat adjustment switches are located in each door P91 10 2470 31 1 Head restraint height 2 Seat height 3 Seat cushion tilt 4 Seat cushion depth Seat fore and aft adjustment 6 Seat backrest tilt gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 or gt Open the respective door The memory function gt page 122 lets you store the settings for the seat posi tion together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow Adjust seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far to the rear as possible consistent with ability to properly operate controls When moving the seat make sure there are no items in the footwell or be hind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats Seat cushion tilt gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow until your u
222. etreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used Operation Tires and wheels Important guidelines Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make Tires must be of the correct size for the rim Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under ve in 3 mm When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Operation Tires and wheels Tire care and maintenance Warning J Regularly check the tires for damage Dam aged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more informa tion on checking tire inflation pressure see Recom
223. ever leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise acci dentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle KEYLESS GO start stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only Getting started Driving Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress ac celerator The gear selector lever lock is released Press KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine starts automatically if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in the vehicle For information on turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see Turning off the en gine with KEYLESS GO gt page 59 Getting started Driving Starting difficulties If the engine does not start after several l i s Warning If the engine does not start as described Saring amet uel cou me j ma 8 EP E T ieee function in the engine electronics orin the carry ores fuel supply system When leaving the vehicle always remove the gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey or SmartKey
224. formation see Tire speed rating gt page 301 Rim diameter The rim diameter 4 gt page 299 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge Rim diameter is indicated in inches in Tire load rating The tire load rating G gt page 299 is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corre sponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ibs 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 305 where the maximum load as sociated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and Ibs Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR gt page 309 of your vehi cle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or seri Ous personal injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part Warning A N Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure For additional information on tire load rating see Load identification gt page 303 Tire load rating gt page 299 and tire speed rating
225. from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated when the driver s door is open Therefore do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury 1 Adjusting steering column in or out 2 Adjusting steering column up or down gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 or gt Open the drivers door steering wheel position is reached with your arms slightly bent at the elbow Adjusting steering column up or down gt Move stalk up or down in the direction of arrow 2 Make sure your legs can move freely and all the displays incl malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible The memory function gt page 122 lets you Store settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the exterior rear view mirrors and the seat position For more information see Heated steer ing wheel CL 500 and CL 600 gt page 239 Mirrors Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic condi tions Warning A N In case of an accident liquid el
226. ge 34 gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in the di rection of arrow 1 The steering wheel is heated Indicator lamp 2 comes on The steering wheel heating is tempo rarily suspended while indicator lamp remains on when to be placed in the heating pushed in position or the lighter may pop out too early with the lighter not hot enough e the temperature of the vehicle inte rior is above 86 F 30 C e the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C 1 Switching on 2 Indicator lamp 3 Switching off When these conditions do not apply anymore steering wheel heating con tinues Controls in detail Useful features Switching off gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in the di rection of arrow 8 The steering wheel heating is turned off Indicator lamp 2 goes out Indicator lamp 2 flashes or goes out e incase of power surge or undervolt age e incase of a steering wheel heating malfunction The steering wheel heating switches off automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition gt page 34 and open the driver s door For information on the steering wheel see Steering wheel gt page 42 Telephone A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna f
227. gnetic radiation USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment You can also open and close the win dows and tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey see Summer opening fea ture gt page 200 and Convenience closing feature gt page 200 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Factory setting Global unlocking gt Press button gy All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of un
228. gs themselves are made with button or Controls in detail Control system The table below shows what settings can be changed within the various menus De tailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pag es INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Select temperature display mode Select multifunction display mode Select language Select tire inflation pressure unit LIGHTING VEHICLE CONVENIENCE Set daytime running lamp mode Set automatic locking Activating easy entry exit USA only feature Set locator lighting Limiting opening height of trunk Set fold in function for exterior lid rear view mirrors Exterior lamps delayed shut off Interior lighting delayed shut off Instrument cluster submenu Access the INST CLUS submenu via the SETTINGS menu Use the INST CLUS sub menu to change the instrument cluster dis play settings The following functions are available Function Page Select temperature display 157 mode Select speedometer display 157 mode Select language 158 Select tire inflation pressure unit 158 Selecting temperature display mode gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the INST CLUS submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display TEMP INDICATOR The selection marker is on the current setting TEMP INDICATOR H Eo P54 32 2023 31 gt Press or E to set the temp
229. gt page 157 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving There fore the accuracy of the displayed temper ature can only be verified by comparison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc When moving the vehicle into colder ambi ent temperatures e g when leaving your garage you will notice a delay before the lower temperature is displayed A delay also occurs when ambient temper atures rise This prevents inaccurate tem perature indications caused by heat radiated from the engine during idling or Slow driving Clock The time is indicated in the instrument cluster in the tachometer display You can adjust the clock using the COMAND system Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Y Control system The control system is activated as soon as the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 is in position 1 The control system enables you to e call up information about your vehicle e change vehicle settings For example you can use the control sys tem to find out when your vehicle is next due for service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster dis play and much more The displays for the audio systems radio CD
230. gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 142 gt Press button BYA or EAN until the maintenance service indicator display with the service symbol or and the service deadline appears in the multifunction display If the battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator Do not confuse the maintenance ser vice indicator with the engine oil level indicator i Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator re set The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the main tenance service indicator in the mainte nance relevant information for your vehicle Such information is available from either your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz USA LLC Operation Maintenance If the maintenance service indicator was inadvertently reset have an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper maintenance servi
231. gularly by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for main tenance intervals or contact your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information A With a disconnected battery you will no longer be able to turn the SmartKey in the starter switch and pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 on the gear selector lever will have no effect the gear selector lever will remain locked in position P Practical hints Battery The battery is located in the trunk under the right hand wheel well cover panel O 2236 31 1 Battery cover 2 Locking knob gt Rotate and loosen locking knob 2 ap prox one half turn gt Remove battery cover 1 Practical hints Battery Disconnecting the battery Turn off all electrical consumers Open the trunk gt page 101 Read and observe safety instructions and precautions gt page 391 gt Remove the battery cover 1 j P54 10 2254 31 3 Negative terminal 4 Cover over positive terminal gt Use a 10 mm open end wrench to dis connect the battery negative lead gt Remove cover 4 from the positive ter minal gt Disconnect the battery positive lead Removing the battery gt gt Remove the screw securing the bat tery Remove the battery support and bracket Pull out the battery ventilation tube from the battery depending on battery arrangement in your vehicle
232. h if necessary KEY A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO leftin the gt Take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO SHULL UN Wer Ge vehicle was recognized while locking the out of the vehicle vehicle from the outside NEN LE SS GO The KEYLESS GO system is malfunction gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz DRIVE TO WORKSHOP ing Center as soon as possible 3RD BRAKE LIGHT The high mounted brake lamp is malfunc Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHECK LIGHT tioning Center as soon as possible STOP LAMP Brake lamp illumination is delayed or gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz VISIT WORKSHOP lamp is permanently on Center as soon as possible Display 10 oe BRAKE LIGHT LEFT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON BRAKE LIGHT RIGHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON D EA E E lie v EOR O FRONT FOGLAMP LEFT CHECK LIGHT FRONT FOGLAMP RIGHT CHECK LIGHT HIGH BEAM LEFT CAIEGK MENGEI HIGH BEAM RIGHT Chie CK EE LNG ENS IGN TENGE CHECK AAGE E en Sie WGN TE ETR CHECK TE GAN Possible cause consequence The left brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used The right brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used The display for the lamps or the system is malfunctioning The left front fog lamp is malfunctioning The right front fog lamp is malfunctioning The left high beam lamp is malfunction ing The right high beam lamp is malfunction ing The left license plate lamp is malfunction ing The
233. he ESP has been switched off Safety and Security Driving safety systems When you switch off the ESP e the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output Is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the traction control will still brake a Spinning wheel e the ESP continues to operate when you are braking a When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle The switch is located on the upper part of the center console Fi JA E A MERE L 1 ESP on off gt Press ESP switch until the ESP warning lamp in the speedometer comes on The ESP is switched off Warning A When the ESP warning lamp is illumi nated continuously the ESP is switched off Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP pA Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Switching on the ESP gt Press ESP switch Q The ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on Y Anti theft systems I
234. he front Parcel net in front passenger footwell Parcel net in trunk Pears A small convenience parcel net is located You can hang a parcel net in the trunk The in the front passenger footwell It is for hooks and the parcel net in the trunk can small and light items such as road maps hold a load of up to 29 8 Ibs 13 5 kg mail etc Warning A N The parcel net is intended for storing light weight items only P91 00 2154 31 Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or 1 Lid fragile objects may not be transported in the 2 Buttons parcel net In an accident during hard brak ing or sudden maneuvers they could be Opening thrown around inside the vehicle and cause ini j Hang th gt Press buttons togetherandfola P ovis r e lid down The parcel net cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident T Closing The parcel net cannot protect or suffi gt Close lid G until both buttons of ciently secure goods in the event of an lock engage accident Controls in detail Useful features holder ae Cup holders Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup yy holder may come loose during braking vehi p Warning A cle maneuvers or in an accident and be a s thrown around in the vehicle interior Ob jects thrown around in the vehicle interior In order to help prevent spilling liquids on may cause an accident and or serious per vehicle occupants and or vehicle equip ment only use cont
235. he instrument cluster comes on e for about 4 seconds when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 once It then goes out briefly comes on again and remains lit until you start the en gine e for about 4 seconds when you start the engine by turning the SmartKey or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button a The H indicator lamp remains lit if the SmartKey is turned to position 2 and left there or the KEYLESS GO start stop button is pressed twice The indicator lamp will go out when you start the engine The restraint systems are fully operational if the EGS indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been de tected if the indicator lamp e fails to extinguish after approximately 4 seconds e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started e comes on while driving For safety reasons we strongly recom mend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked For more information see Practical hints gt page 335 Warning A N In the event that the EGE indicator lamp comes on during driving or does not come on at all the SRS self check has detected a malfunction For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activa
236. he respective window switch The closing of the tilt slid ing sunroof can be immediately halted by re leasing button or by moving the tilt sliding sunroof switch in the overhead control panel in any direction o The air recirculation mode is activated automatically e at high outside temperatures e if the concentration of carbon mon oxide and nitrogen oxide in the out side air increases beyond a predetermined level for example in a tunnel Please note that the charcoal filter must be activated gt page 191 forthe air recirculation mode to be activated automatically If you have turned off the air condition ing gt page 193 or the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C the air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically Deactivating gt Press button gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button goes out If you press and hold button Qy the windows and or tilt sliding sunroof will return to their previous position A window or tilt sliding sunroof will only return to its previous position if it has not been moved to another posi tion using the respective window switch or tilt sliding sunroof switch af ter it was closed with button R A window or tilt sliding sunroof that was moved will remain in its current po sition if button is used to re open the remaining windows or tilt sliding sunroof The air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the
237. he telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can use the functions in the TEL menu to operate your telephone provided it is connected to a hands free system and switched on gt Switch on the telephone and COMAND gt Press button or on the steering wheel repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the multifunction dis play Controls in detail Control system Which messages will appear in the multi function display field depends on whether your telephone is switched on or off e If the telephone is off the message in the multifunction display is TEL OFF e lf the telephone is on The telephone will then search for a network During this time the multi function display reads NO SERVICE As soon as the telephone has found a network READY is indicated in the mul tifunction display TEL READY 1g The standb
238. he vehicle press the lock button on the SmartKey gt page 32 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 90 1 Lock button gt After exiting the vehicle take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and press lock button on an outside door handle or on the trunk lid gt page 99 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 94 Safety and Security Occupant safety Panic alarm Driving safety systems Anti theft systems Safety and Security Occupant safety In this section you will learn the most im portant facts about the restraint systems of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Emergency tensioning device e Air bags e Child seats e Child seat recognition e Lower anchors and tethers for children LATCH As independent systems their protective effects work in conjunction with each other For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 72 The EGS indicator lamp in t
239. helpful tips Check the frequency of the hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the remote The in tegrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 288 399 MHz Put a new battery in the hand held re mote control G This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote con trol sending a faster and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control While performing step 3 hold the hand held remote control at differ ent lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying an gles at the distance of 2 to 5 inches 5 to 12 cm away or the same angle at varying distances If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experi ence further difficulties with program ming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 8
240. hicle electronic devices e g electronic toll collection devices To allow the use of these devices in the ve hicle two infrared transparent areas and 2 are placed in the windshield Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Driving instructions At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Maintenance Vehicle care Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km In the Operation section you will find de The more cautiously you treat your vehicle After 1000 miles 1500 km you may tailed information on operating maintain during the break in period the more satis gradually increase vehicle and engine ing and caring for your vehicle fied you will be with its performance later speeds to the permissible maximum on T Additional instructions for AMG vehi cles e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive en gine speeds no more than of max imum rpm in each gear e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm e Avoid accelerating by kick down CL 55 AMG or 4000 rpm e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle CL 65 AMG in each gear down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever All of the above instructions as ma
241. high beam The high beam indicator Ep on the instrument cluster comes on gt page 24 gt Pull the combination switch back to its A 2039 31 original position to switch off the high High beam beam 2 High beam flasher The high beam indicator E on the instrument cluster goes out Controls in detail Lighting Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle The hazard warning flasher switches on au tomatically when an airbag deploys The hazard warning flasher switch is locat ed on the upper part of the front center console 1 Hazard warning flasher switch Switching on the hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch All turn signals will flash With the hazard warning flasher acti vated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the re spective left or right turn signals will operate when the SmartKey in the starter switch is in position 1 or 2 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 is pressed once or twice Switching off the hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch again If the hazard warning flasher was acti vated automatically also press hazard warning flasher switch 4 to switch off the hazard warning flasher Controls
242. i ously impair the operating safety of your vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore nev er turn off the engine while driving Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride distur bance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the ve hicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair fa cility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle eee Proper use of the vehicle requires that you a a re familiar with the following information nd rules the safety precautions in this manual the Technical data section in this manual traffic rules and regulations motor veh
243. ible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive with at least one window fully open at all times Coolant temperature During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to approx 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature over 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious en gine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Driving instructions Warning e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam com ing from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Operation At the gas station Refueling Warning uN Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extin guish all smoking mate
244. ic transmission reacts by adjusting its shift program During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission i E a t i i d i ma 5 N az p s a na or aE aa Pe OL 35 Controls in detail Automatic transmission The automatic transmission selects indi vidual gears automatically depending on e the gear selector lever position D gt page 167 with gear ranges gt page 170 e the selected program mode C S gt page 171 or M C S CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG only gt page 175 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 169 e the vehicle speed Controls in detail Automatic transmission P54 30 8014 31 1 Current gear range gear selector lever position 2 Current program mode The current gear range gear selector lever position and program mode C S or M C S appear in the tachometer Warning A N It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Allow engine to warm up
245. icle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding the following on the tire s side wall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires AMG vehicles Does not apply to all approved tires on AMG vehicles For information on tested and approved tires for AMG vehicles contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in dam age that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimen tal effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and dif ferent tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehi cle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire inflation pres sures is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 286 Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds gt page 293 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition gt page 299 If such information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the inside
246. icle laws and safety stan dards AN Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Re moval of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or per sonal injury Warning Introduction Problems with your vehicle Y Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Repor
247. ictions and speed limita tions indicated on the spare wheel Loading the vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry e The Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the original equipment tires on your vehicle e The Certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehi cle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The Certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle j POO 10 3626 31 1 Driver s door B pillar Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the two placards with regards to loading your vehi cle Tire and Loading Information i Data shown on placard examples are Warning A N for illustration purposes only
248. id gt page 420 Engine oil level For more information on engine oil see Engine oil gt page 274 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For more information on replacing light bulbs see Replacing bulbs gt page 378 For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 125 Tire inflation pressure For information on tire inflation pressure see Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 294 Operation Engine compartment Vv Engine compartment Hood gt Pull release lever Q in the direction of Pull handle 2 to its stop out of radiator arrow grille eee et A The hood is unlocked and handle 2 gt Pull up on the hood do not pull up on ee will extend out of the radiator grille the handle and then release it Do not pull the release lever while the vehi T The hood will be automatically held cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could open at shoulder height ia To avoid damage to the windshield wip be forced open by passing air flow ers or hood never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away Warning A N Opening from the windshield To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running Make sure the hood is properly closed before driving When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers The hood lock release lever is located in the driver s footw
249. id comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly a To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e press trunk closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e press the remote trunk opening clos ing switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning J Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Trunk emergency release E The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is standi
250. ield wipers see Windshield wipers gt page 54 The button is located on the left side of the dashboard j P54 25 2974 31 1 Headlamp washer button gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Press button Q The headlamps are cleaned with a high pressure water jet o The headlamps will automatically be cleaned when you have e switched on the headlamps and e operated the windshield wipers with windshield washer fluid fifteen times When you switch off the ignition the counter resets For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 282 Rear view mirrors EE SSS For information on setting the rear view mirrors see Mirrors gt page 43 Auto dimming rear view mirrors The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when e the ignition is switched on and e incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror will not react if e reverse gear is engaged e the interior lighting is turned on Warning A N The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sen sors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do n
251. ifunc tion display TIRE PRESSURE FSD 29 32 A 29 32 P54 32 2635 31 You can select the unit of measure Bar Psi used for the tire inflation pressure by changing the setting in the control system gt page 158 Operation Tires and wheels Warning When the tire inflation pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recom mended tire inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual Operation Tires and wheels The recommended tire inflation pres sures for your vehicle can be found on the tire placard located on the drivers door B pillar The tire inflation pres sures are not listed in the owner s man ual Warning A N The tire inflation pressure monitor does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire infla tion pressure according to the placard on the drive
252. ight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Placard Example B may list recommended cold tire inflation pressures for different vehicle loads Important notes on tire inflation pressure A If the tire inflation pressure repeatedly drops Warning e Check the tires for punctures from foreign objects e Check to see whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the placard on the inside of the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire in flation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure Operation Tires and wheels Be sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds You should wait until the tires are cold before adjusting the tire inflation pressure Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condi tion If such information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the in side of the fuel filler flap Tire inflation pressure changes by approxi mately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10
253. il Loading Cargo tie down hooks Se m rw co 22s av Six hooks are located in the trunk gt Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all hooks with rope of suf ficient strength to hold down the cargo Controls in detail Useful features Vanity mirrors Vanity mirror in the sun visor Warning J Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Close the vanity mirror cover if open before you disengage the sun visor from the mounting and pivot it to the side gt page 181 Pa 60 2094 31 1 Mirror cover 2 Mirror lamp 3 Document holder gt To use mirror lift up cover Q Mirror lamp 2 comes on If you disengage the sun visor from the mounting mirror lamp 2 will switch off Adjusting the vanity mirror gt Slide the mirror to the left or to the right Images in the mirror appear in normal size or larger depending on the posi tion of the mirror Document holder You can use the plastic tab of the docu ment holder 3 to hold admission tickets parking passes or similar items in place Storage compartments Warning To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put lug gage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo highe
254. ilation 194 Coolant temperature 64 269 Loading seansaennamonnesicbaarechornictasearsroneeiat 228 SC At the gas station eececceeeees 270 POOL Ee eiccteet cance sevacecseciivondenseaess 228 Operation eessen 257 ROT US NS sena 270 Loading instructions c0008 229 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 258 Check regularly and before Cargo tie down hooks 00 229 Driving iInstructiONns ee eeeeeeeeee 259 a lorio Ul ccacctseaeatsocaneceneusanesioate 271 Useful features s sssssessseseeseesevees 230 Drive sensibly save fuel 259 Engine compartment seee 273 Vanity MirrOrs cccccceeeeeeeeseeeees 230 Drinking and driving eee 259 FOO Gs aean ees 273 Storage compartments 231 PENS E A TTE 259 Engine oil cccccccceseesssseeeeeeeeees 274 Cup holders wisinnsenesseaonsvncvesitdondoens 235 Power assistance eeeseeeessees 259 Transmission fluid level 279 POSIT AY S eene dlawsaeestiaiedsoanun 237 RCo e 260 Active Body Control ABC Cigarette lighter oeenn 238 DIVINE 89 die ternererocrere te rerrn aa 262 fluid level o gt acess toeedencsee sepeteeemeteaceats 279 Heated steering wheel PAW ICING aia 262 Coolant level 280 CL 500 and CL 600 0 c cee 239 WES EEE A AE E 263 BARC Y E E E EE E 281 Telephone n sssssesesesesserereseseses 240 Hydroplaning scsssseeseseeeees 263 Windshield washer system and
255. ildren Warning If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent When changing batteries always re place both batteries gt Remove the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 372 P80 35 2238 31 1 Mechanical key 2 Slide 3 Battery compartment gt Insert mechanical key Q in the direc tion of arrow in side opening gt Using mechanical key push gray slide 2 to unlatch battery compart ment 3 gt Pull battery compartment 3 out of the housing in the direction of arrow P80 35 2239 31 4 Battery Contact spring gt Remove the batteries in the direc tion of arrow gt Using a lint free cloth insert new batteries 4 under the contact spring with the positive terminal side facing up gt Return battery compartment 3 gt page 376 into housing until it locks into place gt Slide mechanical key gt page 372 back into the SmartKey gt Check the o
256. in certain frontal front air bags im pacts side impacts side impact and head protection window curtain air bags which exceed preset thresh olds and in certain rollovers head pro tection window curtain air bags Only during these events will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should al ways wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for air bags to provide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not be activat ed The driver and passenger will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A proper ly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Safety and Security Occupant safety We caution you not to rely on the pres ence of the air bags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt Your vehicle was originally equipped with air bags that are designed to acti vate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the poten tial and severity of injury It is important for your safety and that of your passen gers that you replace deployed air bags and repair any malfunctioning air bags to make sure the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protec tion for occupants Safety and Security Occupant safety Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning device and air b
257. in detail Lighting Interior lighting Automatic control Deactivating gt Press the symbol on rocker switch The interior lighting remains switched off in darkness even when you The controls are located in the overhead Activating control panel l j gt Press rocker switch to the center position The interior lighting switches on in darkness when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the T e unlock the vehicle ae h e remove the SmartKey from the e open a door starter switch e open the trunk e open a door P 68 00 3418 3 1 Left reading lamp on off OPEN IRE AE 2 Rear interior lamps on off The interior lighting switches off automati 3 Right reading lamp on off cally following an adjustable time delay 4 Rocker switch for automatic For more information see Interior illumi control on off nation delayed switch off gt page 161 Leaving an interior light switch in the ON position for extended periods of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery If the door remains open the interior lighting switches off automatically after approximately 5 minutes Controls in detail Lighting Manual control Rear interior lighting Reading lamps gt Press switch 2 on the symbol The reading lamps are integrated into the Front interior lightin OnE Integr HSAUNE Interior rear view mirror The rear compartment lighting
258. in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold The window curtain air bags fill up the area indicated by the arrows Seat belts When the engine is started the seat belt telltale illuminates to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the drivers seat belt is not fastened be fore the engine is started the seat belt telltale illuminates and a warning chime sounds for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started Always wear your seat belt All vehicle oc cupants always need to have their seat belts fastened and wear them properly In addition applicable motor vehicle safety laws require you to wear seat belts Even where this is not the case we strongly rec ommend that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened and wear them properly For more information see Fastening the seat belts gt page 45 For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 72 Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If
259. indicates a standard load SL tire XL Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire orM S 4 for winter tires Not all M S rated tires provide special C D E designates load range associated winter performance Make sure the with the maximum load a tire can carry at tires you use show M S and the moun a specified pressure tain snowflake marking on the For illustration purposes only Actual tire sidewall These tires meet specific data on tires are specific to each vehi snow traction performance require cle and may vary from data shown in ments of the Rubber Manufacturers above illustration Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Light Load designates a light load tire Operation Tires and wheels DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier which facili tates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture DOT 2 Manufacturer s identification
260. ing towed with the hazard warning flasher in use turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and activate the combina tion switch for the left or right turn sig nal in the usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the haz ard warning flasher will operate again Practical hints Towing the vehicle T Installing towing eye bolt Removing cover gt Press mark on cover in the direction of arrow When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground please note the follow ing With the automatic central locking acti vated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 or KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 in position 2 the vehicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel are turning at vehicle speeds of Screw towing eye bolt clockwise into approx 9 mph 15 km h or more Q Cover on right side of front bumper its stop and tighten with wheel wrench gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt Installing towing eye bolt gt Take towing eye bolt and wheel wrench out of trunk gt page 370 P88 20 2283 31 gt Switch off the tow away alarm pemouine tewineeve Ral gt page 87 amp 8 ey gt Loosen towing eye bolt counterclock To prevent the vehicle door locks from wise with wheel wrench locking deactivate the automatic cen tral locking gt page 162 gt Unscrew towing
261. ioning gt STOP CAR TOO LOW gt ABC DISPLAY DEFECTIVE The display for ABC or the ABC system itself gt VISTT WORKSHOP is malfunctioning ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The capability of the ABC system is restrict gt VISTT WORKSHOP ed gt Stop and press the vehicle level control but ton to select a higher vehicle level gt page 222 If the vehicle is not raised observe the fol lowing when you continue to drive gt Do not turn steering wheel too far to avoid damaging the front fenders Listen for scraping noises gt Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution ABS MALFUNCTION The ABS has detected a malfunction and gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels VISIT WORKSHOP has switched off The ESP and the BAS are may lock during hard braking reducing steer also deactivated ing capability The brake system is still functioning nor Have the system checked at an authorized mally but without the ABS available Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident DISPLAY DEFECTIVE The ABS or the ABS display is malf
262. ions Front Parktronic warning indicator for right front area Overhead control panel Glove box lock Glove box lid release Glove box Center console Starter switch Horn Page 2295 29 231 231 231 2 28 34 BOO OO At a Item Steering wheel adjustment stalk Heated steering wheel Parking brake pedal Hood lock release Parking brake release Door control panel Exterior lamp switch Headlamp washer button Front Parktronic warning indicator for left front area glance Cockpit Page 42 239 50 273 50 30 125 178 225 At a glance a Instrument cluster pA 7 f K 100 120 U2 160 p SNS I0 120 po 3 TW 40 180 i NNI f A S200 EN SoA A 0149 8 eae 6 MILES h 0267 o DE 0207 53 gt s V2 8 P68 10 3204 31 oG Item Coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge with fuel tank reserve warning lamp EE Left turn signal indicator lamp BW Right turn signal indicator lamp Speedometer with Electronic Stability Program ESP warning lamp Distance warning lamp Vehicles without Distronic Warning lamp without func tion It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running Tachometer Page 135 331 59 53 333 332 136 Item 6 Right display with Seat belt telltale High beam headlamp indicator lamp Antilock Brake O System ABS i
263. irrors and steering wheel have not yet moved to their preset driving positions You are driving with the hood open You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey The SmartKey is malfunctioning SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or 2 The battery in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is discharged SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not rec ognized while the engine is running be cause e the SmartKey is not in the vehicle e there is strong radio frequency inter ference Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt v y gt Wait until the seat exterior mirrors and steering wheel have moved to their driv ing positions The message will disappear Close the hood gt page 274 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Replace the battery gt page 377 Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so Search for the SmartKey Otherwise the vehicle cannot be centrally locked nor can the engine be started again after it has been stopped Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution KEY The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is mo gt Change the position of the SmartKey with NOT RECOGNIZED mentarily not recognized KEYLESS GO in the vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switc
264. ith KEYLESS GO 94 Jack 370 388 Key Mechanical 372 429 Jacking up the vehicle 387 Key SmartKey 90 Battery check lamp 94 98 Jump starting 394 Battery check lamp 90 92 Checking the batteries 93 Factory setting 92 Locking unlocking 32 60 90 Locking unlocking Global setting 92 Locking unlocking Selective setting 92 Lossof 94 Messages in display 353 Opening the trunk 93 Operating the power tilt sliding sunroof 200 Operating the power windows 200 Position in starter switch 34 Remote control 90 Replacing the batteries 376 Starting the engine 48 Checking the battery 99 Factory setting 97 Locking the vehicle 99 Locking unlocking 33 60 94 Locking unlocking Global setting 97 Locking unlocking Selective setting 98 Loss of 100 Messages in display 353 Opening the trunk 100 Operating the power tilt sliding sunroof 200 Operating the power windows 200 Remote control 94 Replacing the battery 377 Starting the engine 49 Turning off the engine 59 Turning off the engine 59 KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Kickdown 169 429 Kilopascal 310 L Labels 406 Lamp sensor Message in display 356 Lamps exterior 125 379 Messages in display 354 Replacing bulbs 379 381 382 Warning sounds 59 126 Lamps indicator and warning ABS 25 328 Anti theft alarm systems 86 Battery SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 98 Battery SmartKey 92 Brakes 25 329 Distronic 25 210 216 Engine diagn
265. k Closing 103 Emergency release 109 Lighting 132 133 Limiting opening height of trunk lid 102 Message in display 360 Opening 101 Opening with SmartKey 93 Opening with SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 100 Parcel net 234 Power closing assist for trunk lid Tie down hooks 229 Unlocking in an emergency 373 Vehicle loading 417 Trunk lid see Trunk Turn signal lamps Cleaning lenses 321 Messages in display 358 Replacing bulbs 379 382 383 Turn signals 53 Additional in mirrors Indicatorlamps 25 Turning off engine 58 110 379 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 311 Units Settings Speedometer 157 Temperature 157 Unleaded gasoline Premium 271 419 421 Upholstery Cleaning 325 Useful features 230 V Vacuum line routing diagram label 406 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 230 Vehicle Battery 281 391 Breaking in the vehicle 258 Care 318 Control system Settings submenu 162 Dimensions 417 Level control 221 432 Locking unlocking 32 33 60 90 94 99 110 111 162 Locking unlocking in an emergency 373 Lowering 390 Modifications and alterations Operat ing safety 16 Towing 396 Unlocking in an emergency 372 Washing 318 320 Weights 417 Vehicle capacity weight 311 Vehicle Identification Number see VIN Vehicle jack 370 388 Vehicle lighting 125 272 378 Vehicle loading 228 Cargo tie down hooks 229 Instructions 229 287 Load limit 287 Roof rack 228 417 Terminology 309 Trunk 417 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 3
266. ker lamp is mal Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz CHEC SICA TE functioning Center as soon as possible Display 10 oe REAR FOGLIGHT CHECK LIGHT REVER ET EE CHECK AANGAT REVERSE LIGHT RIGHT CHECK LIGHT STANDING LIGHT L CHECK LIGHT STANDING LIGHT R CHECK TELGHIN STANDING LIGHT L SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON STANDING LIGHT R SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON EMULE EG Ele SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON TAIL LIGHT RIGHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON Possible cause consequence The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning The left reverse lamp is malfunctioning The right reverse lamp is malfunctioning The left front standing lamp is malfunc tioning The right front standing lamp is malfunc tioning The left rear standing lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The right rear standing lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The left tail lamp is malfunctioning A sub stitute bulb is being used The right tail lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon a
267. l Automatic climate control Defrosting 5 0 These settings should only be selected for a short time Activating gt Press button Remy gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Switch off air recirculation if selected gt Press button gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button goes out Close center air vents gt Adjust side air vents upwards Deactivating gt Press button emg gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button goes out Defrosting is turned off Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment Warning A N When the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C only switch to air recirculation mode for short periods to prevent window fogging Activating gt Press button gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button comes on ab If you press and hold button the windows and tilt sliding sunroof will close Warning Never operate the windows and the tilt slid ing sunroof if there is the possibility of any one being harmed by the closing procedure In the event that the procedure causes po tential danger the closing of the windows can be immediately halted by releasing button or by pressing t
268. l 406 Charcoal filter 191 Children in the vehicle 72 Air bags 64 BabySmart compatible child seat 72 Blocking of rear window operation 78 Indicator lamp front passenger front airbag 74 229 111 111 Infant and child restraint systems 72 LATCH type child seat mounts 77 Tether attachment points 76 Cigarette lighter 238 Clock 25 See separate COMAND operating in structions Cockpit 22 428 COMAND see separate operating instruc tions Combination switch 52 53 54 129 Control system 137 428 Multifunction display 137 Multifunction steering wheel 138 Resetting to factory default 154 Control system menus AUDIO 142 Distronic NAVI 149 Settings 154 Standard display TEL 147 Trip computer 151 Vehicle status message memory 150 142 153 Control system submenus Convenience 163 Instrument cluster Lighting 158 Vehicle 162 Controller Area Network see CAN system Coolant 271 280 422 Anticorrosion antifreeze mixing ratio and quantity 424 Capacities 419 424 Checking level 271 280 Messages in display 347 Temperature 269 Temperature gauge Courtesy lighting 133 Cruise control 205 428 Message in display 350 157 25 135 Cruise control lever 205 Cup holder 235 Cup holders Cleaning 324 Curb weight 309 428 Customer Assistance Center see CAC D Daytime running lamp mode 127 Setting 159 Deep water see Standing water Defogging windshield 188 Defrosting Front 189 Defrosting Rear 193 Delayed s
269. l consumption since last re p54 32 3190 31 set 4 Average speed since last reset Vehicle status message memory menu Use the vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the sys tem Such messages appear in the multi function display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded Warning A N Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are inten tionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a remind er with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages page 337 gt Press button or repeatedly until the vehicle status message mem Ory appears in the multifunction dis play No vehicle status messages If no conditions are recorded in the memo ry the message in the multifunction dis play is NO MESSAGES Vehicle status messages have been re corded If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction dis play P54 32 2627 31 C Number of messages Controls in detail Control syst
270. lay Vehicles equipped with FSS Flexible Service System only Canada vehi cles Basic service A Extended service B The interval between services depends on your driving habits A gentle driving style moderate engine speeds and the avoidance of short distance trips will lengthen the interval between services Operation Maintenance Clearing the maintenance service indicator The maintenance service indicator mes sage is automatically cleared after approx imately 30 seconds when you switch on the ignition or when reaching the service threshold while driving You can also clear it yourself P54 32 2735 31 4 Reset button gt Press reset button on the instru ment cluster The maintenance service indicator message is cleared and the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 142 Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested main tenance service term you will see the fol lowing message in the multifunction display A SERVICE EXCEEDED BY XXXX MI Canada XXXX KM A SERVICE EXCEEDED BY XXX DAYS A SERVICE EXCEEDED BY X DAY In addition a signal sounds when the mes sage appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance ser vice Calling up the maintenance service indicator gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34
271. level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Warning Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Specified tire inflation pressures must be maintained This applies particularly if the tires are subject to extreme operating con ditions e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temperatures Operation Driving instructions A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Operation Driving instructions Tire traction The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point A If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution Warning Mercedes Benz recommends winter tir
272. lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Warning Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Al ways lower the vehicle onto sufficient ca pacity jackstands before working under the vehicle b gt Practical hints Flat tire P40 10 2791 31 P40 10 2735 31 gt Take the two piece wheel wrench out 1 Jack support tube cover of the vehicle tool kit tray Assemble wheel wrench gt gt On wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts ap proximately one full turn with wrench The tube openings are located directly be hind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings Move cover Q toward rear by pressing at point indicated by arrow Remove cover 1 carefully to avoid damage to the locking tabs P40 10 2792 31 Q Jack arm 2 Jack support tube hole 3 Crank gt Insert jack arm Q fully into tube hole 2 up to the stop Warning A N Insert the jack arm fully into the jack sup port tube hole up to the sto
273. lly provides full brake boost thereby poten tially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated VAN If the BAS is malfunctioning the brake sys tem is still functioning normally but without the additional brake boost available that BAS would normally provide in an emergen cy braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase Warning Safety and Security Driving safety systems ESP Warning A N Warning The Electronic Stability Program ESP is The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of operational as soon as the engine is run Never switch off the ESP when you see the physics from acting on the vehicle nor can ning and monitors the vehicle s traction ESP warning lamp flashing in the in it increase braking efficiency beyond that af force of adhesive friction between the strument cluster In this case proceed as fol forded by the condition of the vehicle brakes tires and the road surface and handling lows and tires or the traction afforded The BAS A i The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin While driving off apply as little throttle cannot prevent accidents including those i l as possible l i ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By ap
274. losing procedure of the tilt sliding sun roof can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was moved past the resistance point and released by mov ing the switch in any direction The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass j In the event of an accident the glass may P77 00 2137 31 j i shatter This may result in an opening in the roof P77 00 2136 31 In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing Q Push up to raise sunroof at rear their seat belts or not wearing them properly 2 Pull down to lower sunroof at rear may be thrown out of the opening Such an 3 Push forward to slide sunroof closed opening also presents a potential for injury 4 Push back to slide sunroof open for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions The tilt sliding sun
275. lts which have been ap proved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to failure of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this sec tion as that could result in serious inju ries in case of an accident e Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents includ ing rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver s air bag passenger front air bag side impact air bags head protection window cur tain air bags for side windows ETD seat belt emergency tensioning device and front seat knee bolsters The sys tem is designed to enhance the protec tion offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags and ETD and side side impact window curtain air bags and ETD im pacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETD Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoul der In a crash your body w
276. lumn the or E button to is SA the CONVENIENCE submenu l ST COL SEAT Both the steering column gt Press button EAN or R repeatedly Be tai ret ee until you see this message in the multi moved function display EASY ENTRY FEATURE ACTIVATE The selection marker is on the current setting EASY ENTRY FEATURE ACTIVATE OFF z STEER COL ST COL SEAT P 4 32 2632 31 Setting fold in function for exterior rear view mirrors Using this function you can set the exteri or rear view mirrors to be automatically folded in when you lock your vehicle gt page 180 gt Move the selection marker to the CONVENIENCE submenu with the or E button gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until the message FOLD IN MIRRORS WHEN LOCKING appears in the multifunc tion display The selection marker is on the current setting FOLD IN MIRRORS WHEN LOCK ING g Bi i OFF E P54 32 2633 31 gt Press button or E to switch the automatic fold in setting for the mirrors ON or OFF Y Automatic transmission For more information on driving with an automatic transmission see Automatic transmission gt page 48 Your vehicle s transmission adapts its gear shifting process to your individual driving style by continually adjusting the shift points up or down These shift point adjust ments are performed based on current operating and driving conditions If the operating conditions change the automat
277. ly A minimum height clearance of 6 3 ft wise to position Q Except for the driver s door the vehicle 1 90 m is required to open the trunk lid The trunk opens should now be locked The trunk lid lock is located next to the T handle above the rear license plate recess The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure that there is sufficient overhead clearance gt Turn the mechanical key back and re move it from the trunk lid lock Locking the vehicle 1 Locking gt Remove the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 372 If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with Q Unlocking and opening KEYLESS GO do the following 2 Trunk lid lock gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock until it stops P54 25 3584 31 gt Insert the mechanical key into the driv gt Close the passenger door and the SaS er s door lock until it stops trunk gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 1 The driver s door is locked gt Press the central locking switch in the center console gt page 111 gt Check to see whether the locking knob on the passenger door has moved down Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually 1 Release knob gt Open the trunk gt Remove the b
278. ly have the cooling system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without a sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling sys tem The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution COOLANT The coolant is too hot gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and S10 ENGINE OFF turn off the engine gt Only start the engine again after the mes sage disappears You could otherwise damage the engine During severe operating conditions Warning A e g stop and go traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have T leaked into the engine compartment to The engine should not be operated with catch fire You could be seriously burned the coolant temperature above 248 F Steam from an overheated engine can cause 120 C Doing so may cause serious serious burns and can occur just by opening engine damage which is not covered by the engine hood Stay away from the engine the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle u
279. ly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Warning A N Read and observe the additional warning no tices printed in the Safety and Security section gt page 66 P91 40 2350 31 1 Release button 2 Buckle 3 Latch plate gt With a smooth motion pull the belt from the seat belt outlet gt Place the shoulder portion of the belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate G into buckle until it clicks gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Proper use of seat belts Do not twist the belt when fastening
280. mended tire inflation pres sure gt page 292 Tire inspection Every time you check your tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 285 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Warning A N Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread Tread depth Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under 7 in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approx imately 1 46 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced Recommended minimum tire tread depth e Summer tires g in 3 mm e Winter tires a in 4 mm Warning A N Although the applicable feder
281. mergency such as the location of the ve hicle determined by the GPS satellite loca tion system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon af ter the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to deter mine more precisely the nature of the acci dent provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operation al Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Response Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Response Center Controls in detail Useful features A If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Warning Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Controls in de
282. mmobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle Activating With the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter Switch The immobilizer is activated With KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine by means of the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 gt Open the drivers door The immobilizer is activated Deactivating With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch The immobilizer is deactivated With KEYLESS GO gt Start the engine by means of the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 The immobilizer is deactivated In case the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Safety and Security Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the trunk e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immedi ately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when e someone attempts to raise the vehicle e the vehicle is opened using the mechanical key e someone opens a door from the inside someone opens the trunk with the emergency release button Safety and Security Anti
283. mory Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the seat backrest is in an extremely reclined position Do ing so could cause damage to front or rear seats First move seat backrest to an upright position Press and hold one of the position buttons Q until the seat steering wheel and exterior mirrors have fully moved to the stored positions Releasing the button immediately stops movement to the stored posi tions Controls in detail Memory function Storing exterior rear view mirror park ing position For easier parking you can adjust the pas senger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the right rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R For information on activating the parking position see Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position gt page 180 The buttons are located on the drivers door P88 70 2217 31 1 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 2 Adjustment button M Memory button M gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt page 34 Press button Q The passenger side exterior rear view mirror is selected Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with button 2 so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb Press memory button M Within 3 seconds press bottom of ad justment button on BA The parking position is s
284. motive batteries gt page 281 the trunk under the battery cover gt page 391 gt vY Vv V vV v Yy Make sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn off all electrical consumers Apply parking brake Shift gear selector lever to position P Open the trunk Remove battery cover Remove red cover from positive terminal Q P54 10 2255 31 1 Positive terminal of discharged battery 2 Negative terminal of discharged bat tery 3 Positive terminal of charged battery 4 Negative terminal of charged battery gt Connect positive terminals C and of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery 3 first Practical hints Jump starting Never invert the terminal connections gt Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminals 2 and of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery first gt Start the engine of the disabled vehi cle Now you can again turn on the electrical consumers Do not turn on the lights under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables first from negative terminals 2 and 4 and then from positive terminals 4 and 3 You can now turn on the lights gt Have the battery checked at the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehi cle be transported
285. n ing gt Press again gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button goes out The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer Ba If button on the automatic cli mate control panel starts to flash this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned itself off The air conditioning cannot be turned on again Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine Activating gt Turn the SmartKey inthe starter switch to position 1 or O or remove it from the starter switch gt Press button GESY gt page 185 The indicator lamp on button RR comes on Deactivating gt Press button GESY gt page 185 The indicator lamp on button RR goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after about 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops How long the system will provide heat ing depends on the coolant tempera ture and the temperature set by the operator The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air distribu tion control setting Ventilated storage compartment Depe
286. n the door is closed Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsuper vised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury gt Press unlock button on the SmartKey All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed gt Get in the vehicle and insert the SmartKey in the starter switch For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 90 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO With the KEYLESS GO function you can lock and unlock the vehicle without using the remote control buttons on the SmartKey and start the engine without in serting the SmartKey in the starter switch To unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be outside the vehicle no further than approx 3 feet 1 meter away from the door Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Unlocking Grasp an outside door handle All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the
287. n the vehicle Tie down hooks Trunk 229 Tightening torque Wheel bolts 390 432 Tilt sliding sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof TIN 311 Tire and Loading Information Placard 287 Tire and Loading Information Terminology 309 Tires 283 410 Air pressure 309 Care and maintenance 284 Chains 314 Cleaning 285 Direction of rotation Spinning 286 Driving instructions 263 Important notes Tire inflation pressure 293 Inflation pressure 292 293 294 298 306 309 310 Information placard 288 Inspection 284 Load rating 300 305 311 Messages in display 361 Ply composition and material used 311 Problems under overinflation Retreads 283 Rims and Tires Rotating 312 Service life 284 sizes 410 Snow 313 Spare wheel 370 371 386 415 Speed rating 264 301 311 Storing 285 Temperature 293 308 Terminology 309 298 410 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure monitor warning lamp 334 Tire inflation pressure Setting units 158 Traction 264 Tread 285 313 Treadwear indicators Wear pattern 312 Winter 313 Tools 370 Top tether see Children in the vehicle Tow away alarm 87 Towing eye bolt 370 Towing the vehicle 396 Traction 171 264 311 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission see Automatic transmission Traveling abroad 267 Tread 311 Tread depth 285 313 311 Treadwear indicators 311 Trip computer 151 Trip odometer 135 Trun
288. n detail Driving systems Switch off Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set dis tance from moving objects in front of it Warning The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic displays in the speedometer dial 80 60 100 120 140 v 40 Wer s 380 f oe aie 4of 220 440 DISTROHIC 1240 E l 1 T ae I D PEETS 150 OFT p54 60 2008 31 Set speed If Distronic is activated one or two seg ments come on in the mph scale around the set speed The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system Segments If Distronic detects a vehicle directly ahead the segments representing the dif ference between the speed of the vehicle ahead and the set speed comes on If Distronic calculates that there is a dan ger of collision gt page 216 e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster com
289. n detail Power windows The closing of the rear side windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch The door windows are equipped with the ex press close and automatic reversal func tion If a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circum stance where you pressed the switch past the resistance point and released it to close the door window the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly If the door window encounters an obstruc tion that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the door window by pressing and holding the switch by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey by pressing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle or by pressing and holding button or button EM on the climate control panel the automatic reversal func tion will not operate gt D Controls in detail Power windows oe When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury o You can also open or close the side windows and power tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Summer opening feature
290. n provides the necessary technical data for your vehicle All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz parts required for mainte nance and repair work In addition strate gically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject ed to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed man ufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz parts should be installed The use of non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or could compromise the vehicle s dura bility or safety Y Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of Replacement parts and accessories are the warranties printed in the Service and covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Warranty Information booklet Your autho Accessories warranties copies of which rized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange are available at any Mercedes Benz or repair any defective parts originally in Center stalled in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties New Vehicle Limited Warranty Emission System Warranty Emission Performance Warranty California Maine Massach
291. n the Roadside Assistance button is flashing con tinuously and no voice connection to the Response Center was established the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display Roadside Assistance calls can be ter minated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel or the re spective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND head unit Controls in detail Useful features Information button The Information button is located be low the center armrest cover gt Press and hold the button for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be estab lished Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services Is available to yOu For more de
292. ndicator lamp Reset button Display with e Gear selector lever position e Program mode e Digital clock see COMAND operating instructions 9 Multifunction display with e Trip odometer e Main odometer Page 333 92 328 134 166 166 eZ 1S7 O At a glance Instrument cluster Item Outside temperature indicator Left display with EJ Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Engine malfunction in dicator lamp Canada only Brake warning lamp USA only Brake warning lamp Canada only R Engine malfunction in dicator lamp USA only Tire inflation pressure warning lamp Knob for instrument cluster il lumination Page 136 335 329 329 330 330 334 134 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Item Page Item Page Multifunction display 137 Menu systems 138 Operating control system 138 Press button Selecting the submenu or 138 for next menu setting the volume for previous menu TE puto Moving within a menu 138 up to increase Press button E down to decrease Wag for next display 3 Telephone 147 B for previous display Press button to take a call _ _ to dial a call to end a call to reject an incoming ORO l call AS iiil ON Y Center console Upper part Qo O Item Button for rear window sun shade Parktronic deactivation button Active Body Control ABC bu
293. nding on vehicle model and configu ration your vehicle is equipped with a stor age compartment under the front armrest gt page 232 which can be ventilated when the automatic air conditioning is switched on If so equipped the switch is located inside the storage compartment in the front The air temperature is about the same as that of the center air vents The air volume is dependent on the setting of e Air distribution control e Air volume control e Air vents in the dashboard The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air vents It cannot be regulated separately Switching ventilation on gt Open the storage compartment in front of the armrest see Storage compart ment below the front armrest gt page 232 gt Push upper portion of switch Controls in detail Automatic climate control Switching ventilation off gt Openthe storage compartment in front of the armrest see Storage compart ment below the front armrest gt page 232 gt Push lower portion of switch B Do not obstruct the air vent in the stor age compartment I The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects in the compart ment close the air vent while heating the passenger compartment Controls in detail Automatic climate control Rear passenger compartment adjust To open center air vents and to adjust the able air
294. ng Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Tire labeling Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires P40 10 3561 31 1 Uniform Quality Grading Standards gt page 306 2 DOT Tire Identification Number TIN gt page 304 3 Maximum tire load gt page 305 4 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 306 Manufacturer 6 Tire ply material gt page 308 7 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 299 Load identification gt page 303 9 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and Tires gt page 410 Operation Tires and wheels Tire size designation load and speed rating C Tire width 2 Aspect ratio in 3 Radial tire code 4 Rim diameter Tire load rating 6 Tire speed rating a For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data
295. ng Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System radio or telephone if road weather and traffic con ditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Operation Driving instructions Telephones and two way radios A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation in structions regarding use of an external an tenna Operation Driving instructions Catalytic converter Your Mercedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial con trol of the pollutants in the exhaust emis sions Keep your vehicle in proper operating condition by
296. ng switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the trunk closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk and locking the vehi cle from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem and KEYLESS GO you can close the trunk lid and lock the vehicle simulta neously al 1 KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you bb Controls in detail Locking and unlocking gt gt Press switch Q briefly The vehicle is locked and the trunk closes automatically With the hood and all doors closed All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is activated You can also close the trunk by hand gt page 104 If the trunk l
297. ng informa tion Controls in detail Useful features P68 05 2111 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated re mote control Indicator lamp Signal transmitter button Needed for programming not part of vehi cle equipment Hand held remote control of ga rage door opener gate operator or other device 6 Hand held remote control but ton Controls in detail Useful features Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent po tential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible d
298. ng still or in motion With the emergency release button the trunk can be opened from inside the trunk The emergency release button is located on the inside of the trunk lid Illumination of the emergency release but ton e The button will flash for 30 minutes af ter opening the trunk e The button will flash for 60 minutes af ter closing the trunk The emergency release button does not open the trunk if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected Q Emergency release button gt Briefly press emergency release button Q The trunk opens Controls in detail Locking and unlocking If the vehicle has previously been locked using the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening the trunk from the inside using the emergency release button will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch e Press button or on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the ve hicle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid It is not necessary to slam the door or trunk lid closed A pneumatic power as sisted mechanism draws doors and trunk lid closed
299. ning indicator is divided into six yellow and two red distance segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready when the border around the indicator is illuminated The position of the gear selector lever de termines which warning indicators will be activated Gear selector Warning indicator lever position D Front area activated Ror N Front and rear area activated P Neither activated Controls in detail Driving systems As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the eighth distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance e Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red dis tance segment illuminates and a con stant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in position P e Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red dis tance segment illuminates and a con stant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in position D or P Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system can be switched off manually The Parktronic button is located in the up per part of the front center console 1 Pa
300. nlight A Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Warning Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently dis colored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Leather upholstery gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning per forated leather as its underside should not become wet Operation Vehicle care Wood trims gt Dampen cloth using water and use damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Practical hints What to do if Where will I find Unlocking locking in an emergency Opening closing in an emergency Replacing SmartKey batteries Replacing bulbs Replacing wiper blades Flat tire Battery Jump starting Towing the vehicle Fuses Practical hints What to do if Lamps in instrument cluster General information Problem The yellow Antilock Brake System ABS indicator lamp comes on while driving If any of the following lamps in the instru ment cluster
301. nly if it cannot be completed with the control system If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the fol lowing message will appear ENGINE UIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL wait 5 minutes before repeating check procedure In this case we recommend that you have the system checked at a gt If engine is not at operating tempera Vercedes Benz Center ture yet wait 30 minutes before re palng Cheek PrOCEAUTS For more information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 351 gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Checking the engine oil level with the oil dipstick CL 500 CL 55 AMG only When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e with the engine at operating tempera ture the vehicle must have been sta tionary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off e with the engine not at operating tem perature yet the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine turned off The engine oil level can be checked by either the oil dipstick or via the multi function display in the instrument clus ter gt page 275 The amount of engine oil needed is shown more precisely in the multifunction display To check the engine oil level with the oil dipstick do the following Open the h
302. not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center before seat ing any child on the front passenger seat For more information see Practical hints gt page 336 Warning A N The BabySmart air bag deactivation sys tem will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation sys tem The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Warning A N When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the pas senger front air bag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illu minated Make sure to check the indica tor lamp every time you use the special sys tem child seat Should the indicator lamp go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the indicator lamp remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to trans port children on the front passenger seat un til the system has been repaired Safety and Security Occupant
303. not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the automatic transmission Active Body Control ABC fluid level Regular fluid level check is not required If you notice fluid leaks or malfunction mes sages in the multifunction display have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the ABC system Operation Engine compartment Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground and e the engine must be cool Warning A N In order to avoid any possibly serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indi cates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure Using a rag slowly open the cap approx imately 7 turn to relieve excess pres sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out un der pressure Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con tact with hot engine parts The cool
304. nstalled Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal in jury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions Safety and Security Occupant safety Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint When the child restraint is not in use re move it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to
305. nt in glove box a i sez 1 gt Lightly press the marking on the lid of The compartment contains a cup holder A l gt page 235 storage compartment D gt Lightly touch cover plate 1 The lid opens upward The cover opens automatically a D Closing 1 Button to open storage compartment 2 Button to open storage tray and tele gt Lightl sh the cover plate up until emyee P up phone holder it engages in lock Opening storage compartment gt Press button Q and lift the armrest lid The storage compartment can be heat ed or cooled The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects in the compart ment close the air vent gt page 195 while heating the passenger compart ment Do not obstruct the air vent in the stor age compartment Opening storage tray and telephone holder The tray contains a coin holder and a tele phone holder gt Press button 2 and lift the armrest Do not let bank cards credit cards or other cards with a magnetic strip come near the storage tray as a magnet built into the tray could erase or change the information on the card Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartment between rear seats P68 00 3053 31 1 Cover Opening gt Slide cover Q rearward Closing gt Slide cover Q forward Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartments under t
306. nter console 1 Button in the front center console Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Press button in the front center console briefly The rear head restraints will fold back ward A For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Warning Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Controls in detail Seats Placing rear power head restraints up right gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Press and hold button Q gt page 115 in the front center console and hold The rear head restraints will place up right Controls in detail Seats Folding down and placing upright rear power head restraints with the switch in the rear center console You can fold the rear power head restraints backward or place them upright using the rear head restraint switch in the rear cen ter console P54 25 2970 31 1 Place rear head restraint upright 2 Fold rear head restraint down gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Push upper half Q of switch to place the head restraints upright gt Push lower half 2 of switch to fold the head restraints down Warning A N For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied K
307. ntil the engine has cooled down Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution COOLANT The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and im TOE EN GUNES mediately turn off the engine gt Check the poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Restart the engine only after the message disappears from the multifunction dis play Doing so could result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt page 24 gt Drive immediately to the nearest autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Adjust driv ing to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution COOLANT The cooling fan for the coolant is malfunc gt Observe the coolant temperature display DESH UORISSIIOr ronne gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possi ble CRUISE CONTROL Cruise control or Distronic is malfunc Have cruise control or Distronic DRIVE TO WORKSHOP tioning checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center DISPLAY DEFECTIVE The instrument cluster display is malfunc gt Con
308. ntly gt Rinse with clean water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Automatic car wash You can have your car washed in an auto matic car wash from the start Automatic car washes without brushes are prefera ble If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it be fore running it through the automatic car wash Hi Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to run ning the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors Make sure that the windshield wiper switch is set to 0 gt page 54 Other wise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintention ally This may lead to vehicle damage After running the vehicle through an au tomatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield gt page 323 This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield When leaving the car wash make sure that the mirrors are folded out Other wise they may vibrate Ornamental moldings For regular cleaning and care of ornamen tal moldings use a damp cloth Do not use chrome cleaner on orna mental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appear ance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those orna mental moldings For very dirty ornament
309. nz Center The front passenger seat head restraint automatically lowers after a few sec onds when the front passenger seat is not occupied This improves the driver s outward view as well as the for ward view from the rear passenger compartment When the front passenger seat is occu pied again the front passenger head restraint returns to the last set position within a few seconds If the front passenger seat was moved fore or aft while not being occupied the front passenger seat head restraint returns to a position that corresponds best with the seat s axial position when the seat is occupied again Getting started Adjusting Folding front seat backrest forward P91 10 2668 31 1 Release lever Folding backrest forward gt Lift release lever and fold the seat backrest forward The seat will automatically slide for ward and the head restraint will move down Folding backrests back gt Lift release lever and fold backrest back The seat and head restraint return to their previous positions To interrupt the procedure activate the seat adjustment switch gt page 38 or move the release lever again When moving the seat make sure there are no items in the footwell or be hind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats Warning A N Always ensure that no one can become trapped or injured when the seat is moving In case potential danger exists the proce
310. o do if Possible solution gt Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 294 If necessary change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display TREERE oURE Se ie CAUTION TIRE PRES TIRE PRESSURES BR CHECK TIRES A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Warning Possible cause consequence The right rear tire is deflating The right rear tire inflation pressure is low You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Possible solution gt Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 386 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt
311. of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s main tenance recommendation included with vehicle The following pages also list the ap proved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicles with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equip ment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Depending on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle Appearance Package Sport Package etc equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your ve hicle model may also require the pur chase of two or four wheel rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more infor mation Technical data Rims and Tires Technical data Rims and Tires Same size tires CL 500 without Sport Package CL 600 without Sport Package standard on U S vehicles and standard on U S vehicles and without Appearance Package without Appearance Package Rims light alloy 7 5 x17 H2 8Jx18H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm 1 73 in 44 mm Summer tires 245 45 R18 96Y All season tires 225 55 R17 97H M S Winter tires 3 225 55 R17 97H M S 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S l or 245 45 R18 96H M S_ amp For use with sn
312. of 6 3 ft 1 90 m is required to open the trunk lid gt Press and hold button until trunk unlocks and begins to open The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure that there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk opening closing system To stop the opening proce dure press button RM The trunk lid stops moving Loss of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If you lose your SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or the mechanical key im mediately to your car insurance com pany gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so p we DAL Fi iL P72 10 2515 31 1 Locking knob 2 Inside door handle gt Pull on door handle 2 If door was locked locking knob Q will move up If you open a door the windows on that side of the vehicle will lower slightly The windows close again when you close the door If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm
313. of control Warning gt Briefly press button 4 on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 170 when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Upshifting gt Briefly press button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the transmission when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel until D reappears in the tachometer display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold button Q on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This may involve shifting down one or more gears Manual shift program CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG In addition to the automatic shift program C or S your vehicle is equipped with the manual shift program M In the manual program mode M system controlled automatic gearshifting is switched off and you need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshift ing u
314. oid a possibility of damage to the drivetrain however we recommend the drive shaft be discon nected at the rear axle drive flange for any towing beyond a short tow to a nearby garage Warning A N If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system as that will be necessary to adequately con trol the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make certain that the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in starter switch posi tion O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock re move SmartKey from starter switch and re insert Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Adapt your driving accordingly The gear selector lever will remain locked in position P and the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged See information on the battery gt page 391 or on jump starting gt page 394 Practical hints Towing the vehicle To signal turns while be
315. olant pump 7 Generator alternator Idler pulley 9 Automatic belt tensioner Supercharger Technical data Layout of poly V belt drive CL 600 and CL 65 AMG 6 6 amp P13 22 2052 31 Q Automatic belt tensioner 2 ABC tandem pump pump for power steering assistance and ABC chassis 3 Air conditioning compressor 4 Crankshaft Coolant pump 6 Generator alternator 7 Idler pulley Idler pulley 9 Idler pulley Technical data Engine Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt CL 500 215 375 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 0 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 302 hp 5600 rpm 225 kW 5600 rpm 339 lb ft 2700 4250 rpm 460 Nm 2700 4250 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2380 mm CL 55 AMG 215 374 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 60 in 92 00 mm 331 8 cu in 5439 cm 9 1 493 hp 6100 rpm 368 kW 6100 rpm 516 Ib ft 2750 4000 rpm 700 Nm 2750 4000 rpm 6500 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Belt one 1289 mm Belt two 2462 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 2 Premi
316. on as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution ESP UNAVAILABLE The ESP was deactivated because the gt Synchronize the ESP With the vehicle sta SEE OPERATORS power supply has been interrupted tionary and the engine running turn the MANUAL steering wheel completely to the left and The ABS is still operational then to the right to synchronize the ESP If the ESP message does not go out gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident When synchronizing the ESP make Sure you can turn the steering wheel in both directions as far as it will go with out the wheel hitting any objects e g a road curb Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution HON SEE TOI Weel You have tried to turn off the engine with Pp Place the gear selector lever in position P TO PARK the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 with the gear selector lever not in P Symbol messages Displa
317. ont fog lamps P Switching from Rg to B will brief The rear fog lamp is switched on itch ae head Doi hi gt Switch on the low beam headlamps Be eek at eye eae a ees gt page 52 The yellow indicator lamp in the driving in low ambient lighting conditions lamp switch comes on gt page 125 may result in an accident gt Pull out exterior lamp switch to first stop gt Push inthe exterior lamp switch to first stop i The front fog lamps are switched on l l The rear fog lamp is switched off Fog lamps will operate with the parking The green indicator lamp in the i ei lamps and or the low beam headlamps lamp switch comes on gt page 125 The green indicator lamp in the on Fog lamps should only be used in Shans ee a lamp switch goes out gt page 125 ush in the exterior lamp switch conjunction with low beam headlamps The front fog lamps remain lit Consult your State or Province Motor The front fog lamps are switched off Vehicle Regulations regarding permis l The green indicator lamp SOM in the sible lamp operation 8 p E lamp switch goes out gt page 125 Controls in detail Lighting Combination switch High beam High beam flasher The conina onea cado gt Turn exterior lamp switch to gt Pull the combination switch briefly in left side of the steering column poruon or to g the ametan 2 gt page 125 gt Push the combination switch in the di rection of arrow Q to switch on the
318. ood gt page 273 Pull out oil dipstick gt page 278 Wipe oil dipstick clean vv Yy Fully insert oil dipstick Q into the dip stick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick Q again after ap proximately 3 seconds to obtain accu rate reading P18 00 207 3 31 Oil dipstick The oil level is correct when it is between the lower min and upper max mark of the oil dipstick Operation Engine compartment The filling quantity between upper and lower oil dipstick marking level is ap proximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 I gt If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see gt page 278 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 418 and gt page 420 For more information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 351 Operation Engine compartment Adding engine oil a Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters re fer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet in your vehicle liter ature portfolio or contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of spec ification other than those expressly re quired for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi
319. ooklet with you when you take the vehicle to your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for ser vice The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can con tact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it avail able to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0
320. operates in first gear only For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Automatic shift program T Never change the program mode when the gear selector lever is out of position P This could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console 1 Program mode selector switch C Comfort S Sport P27 19 2122 31 For comfort driving For standard driving The current gear selector lever position and the selected program mode C S are indicated in the tachometer display gt page 166 Controls in detail Automatic transmission gt Press program mode selector switch Q repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the tachometer display Select C for comfort driving e The vehicle starts out in second gear both forward and reverse for gentler starts This does not apply if full throttle is applied or gear range 1 is selected e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower rpms and the wheels are less likely to spin Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting Even with an autom
321. or steering wheel move ments To signal minor directional changes e g passing or changing lanes move 43 combination switch to point of resis Combination switch tance only and release The turn signal flashes three times For more information see Lighting gt page 125 1 Turn signals right 2 Turn signals left Getting started Driving Windshield wipers p Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry Dust that accumulates on a windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the windshield wipers blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield If it is nec essary to operate the windshield wip ers in dry weather conditions always operate the windshield wipers with AS windshield washer fluid gt page 55 The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column WY eestor Switching on windshield wipers Combination switch gt Turn the combination switch to the de Single wipe sired position depending on the inten Wiping with windshield washer fluid sity of the rain 2 Switching on windshield wipers O Windshield wipers off gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Intermittent wiping Il Normal wiper speed II Fast wiper speed Intermittent wiping Do not leave windshield wipers in intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of
322. or the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following Step 4 gt Press and hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successful ly trained gt While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button 6 as follows Press and hold button 6 for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this se quence on the hand held remote con trol until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training the indicator lamp will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Controls in detail Useful features Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote con trol that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehi cles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate
323. ostics 330 331 Engine malfunction 25 330 331 ESP 25 332 333 Foglamps 125 Front passenger front air bag off 28 67 74 336 Fuel reserve 25 331 High beam headlamp 25 Instrument cluster 328 Parking lamps 125 Parktronic Warning indicators Seat belt telltale 25 333 SRS 25 63 Tire inflation pressure 25 Tow away alarm 88 Turn signals 25 Lamps interior 131 Language Setting 158 LATCH type child seat anchors see Chil dren in the vehicle Lever for voice control system 23 License plate lamp Messages in display 355 Replacing bulbs 379 383 Light alloy wheels cleaning 324 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting Exterior and interior 125 Limp Home Mode Emergency operation of automatic transmission 177 Line of fall 429 225 Loading see Vehicle loading Locator lighting 160 Locking knob 100 429 Loss of Mechanical key 94 100 Service and Warranty Information Booklet 405 SmartKey 94 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Low beam headlamps Messages in display 356 Replacing bulbs 379 Switching on 52 Lubricants 418 100 M Maintenance 12 315 Calling up service indicator Clearing service indicator 316 FSS Canada vehicles 315 429 Maintenance System U S vehicles 430 Maintenance System U S vehicles 315 Resetting service indicator Service indicator 315 Service term exceeded 316 Maintenance System U S vehicles 430 Manual headlamp mode see Headlamps Manual shift program CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG Automatic transmi
324. ot react for example if the rear window sun shade is in raised position Glare can endanger you and others Warning A N In case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape from the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Controls in detail Good visibility zH Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can be completely removed only while in the liquid state by applying plenty of water Warning A N Exercise care when using the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in side rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Controls in detail Good visibility Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position Follow these steps to activate the mirror parking position so that the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position gt Make sure you have stored a parking position for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt page 124 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 P8e 70 2216 31 1 Driver s sid
325. otor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener operator s manual Step 9 gt Press the training button on the ga rage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ing two steps Step 10 gt Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the pro grammed signal transmitter button or Step 11 gt Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a sec ond time to complete the training pro cess Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmit ter button a third time to complete the training process Step 12 gt Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal trans mitter button or Step 13 gt To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough f
326. ould move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could se verely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another per son or other objects e Belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to manage impact forces The twisted belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pres sure on the abdomen e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Emergency tensioning device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency ten sioning devices and belt force limiters The ETD is designed to activate in the fol lowing cases e in frontal or rear end impact
327. our vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instruc tions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its au thorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or mal functions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable n
328. outside tempera ture is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temper ature is above approximately 41 F 5 C At outside temperatures above 79 F 26 C the system will not automatically switch back to outside air A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Controls in detail Automatic climate control Charcoal filter An activated charcoal filter markedly re duces bad odors and removes pollutants from air entering the passenger compart ment Activating gt Press button EM gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button comes on If you press and hold button REY the windows and tilt sliding sunroof will close b gt b gt Controls in detail Automatic climate control A Never operate the windows and the tilt slid ing sunroof if there is the possibility of any one being harmed by the closing procedure Warning In the event that the procedure causes po tential danger the closing of the windows can be immediately halted by releasing button EE or by pressing the respective window switch The closing of the tilt slid ing sunroof can be immediately halted by re leasing button EE or by moving the tilt sliding sunroof switch in the overhead control panel in any direction Deactivating gt Press button EY gt page 185 The indicator lamp on the button go
329. overed by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air condition ing system Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lu bricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere A Under extremely strenuous operating condi tions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus re ducing the system s efficiency Warning Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Maintenance Booklet for replacement Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center will pro vide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline Warning A N Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extin guish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gaso line must be used If premium unleaded is not available and low octane fuel is used follow these precautions Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded r
330. ow chains contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center s Radial ply tires 3 For more information see Winter tires gt page 313 CL 500 CL 600 with Appearance Package 8Jx18 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 96Y 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S A or 245 45 R18 96H M S CL 500 CL 600 with Appearance Package Rims light alloy 8 J x18H2 or 8 5 x18 EH2 Wheel offset 1 73 in 44 mm Summer tires 245 45 R18 100Y XL Extra Load 4 All season tires Winter tires 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S an A WN or 245 45 R18 96H M S 4 2 For use with winter tires only For use with snow chains contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Must not be used with snow chains Radial ply tires For more information see Winter tires gt page 313 Technical data Rims and Tires CL 65 AMG 8 5Jx19 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 40 R19 98V XL Extra Load M S 4 2 Technical data Rims and Tires Mixed size tires E Front axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset Summer tires Rear axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset Summer tires Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains CL 500 CL 600 with Sport Package 8 5 Jx 18 EH22 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 100Y XL Extra Load or 245 45 R18 96Y 9 J x 18 EH2 1 73 in 44 mm 265 40 R18 101Y XL Extra Load or 265 40 R18 97Y 2 CL 55 AMG 8 5 Jx 1
331. own in above illustration The maximum tire load is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support Operation Tires and wheels A Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Warning For more information on tire load rating gt page 300 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities gt page 289 Operation Tires and wheels Maximum tire inflation pressure Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 292 for proper tire inflation Never exceed the max tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire inflation pressures gee q Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires es wear excessively and or unevenly adverse 1 Maximum permissible tire inflation ly affect handling and fuel economy and are pressure more likely to fail from being overheated i Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road de bris potholes etc For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires
332. p Otherwise the vehicle may fall off the jack and cause per sonal injury or damage to the vehicle gt Keeping jack in this position turn crank 3 clockwise until the jack base meets the ground Make sure the jack is vertical plumb line gt Continue to turn the crank until the tire is amaximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground A Warning The jack is intended only for lifting the vehi cle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle e Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised e Never lie down under the raised vehicle Removing the wheel P40 10 2793 31 1 Alignment bolt gt Unscrew upper most wheel bolt and re move gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt Q supplied in the tool kit Remove the remaining bolts Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads gt Remove the wheel Practical hints Flat tire Mounting the new wheel gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while in stalling first wheel bolt A Always replace wheel bolts that are dam aged or rusted Warning Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be re paired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an au thorized Merced
333. p comes on and remains illuminated if there is no BabySmart child seat installed on the front passenger seat The indicator lamp does not come on or does not remain illuminated with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the front passenger seat Possible cause consequence A BabySmart child seat is installed on the front passenger seat Therefore the passenger front air bag is switched off The system is malfunctioning The system is malfunctioning Suggested solution Have the system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat and check installation of the child seat If the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out have the system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Vehicle status messages in the multi function display Warning and malfunction messages ap pear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messag es are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 153 displays both cleared and uncleared
334. page 38 Move steering column stalk gt page 42 e Press one of the memory position but tons or the memory button M gt page 123 Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel or depending on your selection the steering wheel and drivers seat will return to their last set memory po sition or a factory set maximum forward position when you e close the drivers door with the ignition switched on e insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 once with the driver s door closed For safety reasons the driver s seat will not return to its last set position with the easy entry exit feature activated if the system recognizes the last set posi tion as an extreme forward position In stead the driver s seat will remain at or move to a factory set maximum for ward position To again fully return the driver s seat to your last set position or to memory position adjust the seat to the desired position or press and hold the respective memory position button gt page 123 The last set driver s seat and steering wheel positions are stored when e the ignition is switche
335. peration of the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Replacement battery Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key out of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 372 gt Remove battery compartment out of the housing gt page 376 P80 61 2086 31 1 Battery 2 Tilt battery up 3 Mechanical key Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries Using mechanical key 3 apply pres sure to position 2 Battery Q tilts up slightly Pull out battery Q in the direction of arrow Using a lint free cloth insert new battery Q with the plus side facing up Return battery compartment 3 gt page 376 into housing until it locks into place Slide mechanical key C gt page 376 back into the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Check the operation of KEYLESS GO Practical hints Replacing bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper Gp a exrernior lighting and signaling It is there If the headlamps or front fog lamps are Substitute bulbs will be brought into fore essential that all bulbs and lamp as fogged up on the inside as a result of use when the following lamps malfunc semblies are in good working order at all high humidity driving the vehicle a dis tion times tance with the lights on should clear up e Brake lamps Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely the fogging important Have headlamps checked and e Rear parking lamps readjusted at regula
336. player etc will appear in English regardless of the language selected Warning A N A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others se lecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions per mit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approxi mately 14 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display 4 0143 8 MILES y 026753 2 1 Trip odometer P54 30 4637 31 2 Main odometer Controls in detail Control system Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display in the speed ometer The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by the buttons on the multifunc tion steering wheel Operating the control system Selecting the submenu or setting the volume up to increase BER cown to decrease 3 Telephone to take a call to end a call 4 Menu systems for next menu for previous menu SAAR G Moving within a menu ag WAS for next display IRI for previous display Pressing any of the buttons on the multi function steering wheel will alter
337. position Press button for the left mirror or button 2 for the right mirror Push adjustment button up down left or right according to the desired setting At low ambient temperatures the mir L rors will be heated automatically For information on how to reposition the exterior mirror housing when it was forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front see Folding exterior rear view mirrors in and out manually page 181 For more information see Folding exteri or rear view mirrors in and out automatically gt page 180 Y Driving Warning A N Do not lay any objects in the driver s foot well Be careful that floor mats or carpets in the driver s footwell leave sufficient clear ance for the pedals During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between or un derneath the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate Fastening the seat belts Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your s
338. possible tire failure Tire ply material 1 Plies in sidewall 2 Plies under tread For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Tire and loading terminology Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bars Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driv en no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with stan
339. pper legs are lightly supported Seat cushion depth gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow until your legs are supported comfortably Seat backrest tilt gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel Seat height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow 2 Head restraint height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow Q Warning A N For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Head restraint tilt P91 10 2471 31 Manually adjust the angle of the head re straint gt Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possi ble For more information see Seats gt page 112 Getting started Adjusting The feature below is deactivated at the factory for U S vehicles If you wish to have it activated contact an authorized Mercedes Be
340. prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an ac cident gt D b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised chil dren in a child restraint system may use ve hicle equipment and cause an accident and or serious personal injury BabySmart air bag deactivation system The BEI indicator lamp is located on the lower part of the center console P91 60 2835 31 Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system With the spe cial child seat properly installed the pas senger front air bag will not deploy The EH indicator lamp Q located on the lower part of the front center con sole will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed or in starter switch position 0 The system does not deactivate the side impact air bag and the emergency tensioning device Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 once or twice the AISAS indicator lamp comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes out If the EET indicator lamp should
341. quietly and automatically once door and trunk lid has been latched When the pneumatic power assisted mechanism has stopped doors and or trunk can be re opened A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door or trunk opening when closing a door or the trunk Be especially careful when small chil dren are around Warning In case of danger pull the inside or outside door handle or press the trunk lid lock To prevent personal injury never actuate the closing assist mechanism by tampering with the door or trunk lid latch Power closing assist for doors gt Press the doors gently past the initial engage position into the lock The doors close automatically A Only drive with the doors closed Otherwise one or more of the doors could open while the vehicle is in motion putting you and or others at risk Warning Power closing assist for trunk lid gt Press the trunk lid gently into its lock The trunk closes automatically A Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Warning Automatic central locking The doors and the trunk automatically lock when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at speeds of approxi mately 9 mph 15 km h or more You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so
342. r After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream can cool down the brakes faster High performance brake system CL 65 AMG only The high performance brake system is de signed to operate under the extremely high operating demands required to accommo date the performance capabilities of the vehicle The brakes may produce a squeak ing type noise depending on the e vehicle speed e brake force applied e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity As with any brake system the wear of indi vidual brake system components such as brake pads or disks strongly depends on your driving style and the conditions under which you operate the vehicle Thus a driv ing style calling for high demand braking will cause your vehicle s brakes to wear more quickly Operation Driving instructions A New vehicle brake pads and discs and replacement brake pads and discs may take several hundred miles of driving until they provide optimum braking efficiency Until that time you may need to use increased brake pedal pressure while braking Please be aware of this and adjust your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Warning Excessive high demand braking will cause correspondingly high brake wear Please be attentive to the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster and brake condition mes sages in the multifunction display
343. r s door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure monitor is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dra matic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Operating radio transmission equip ment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the tire inflation pressure moni tor to malfunction Warning A N Follow recommend tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 286 Over loading the tires can overheat them possi bly causing a blowout Reactivating the tire inflation pressure monitor The tire inflation pressure monitor must be reactivated in the following situations e if you have changed th
344. r intervals and when a e Rear turn signal lamps bulb has been replaced See your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment Observe the messages in the multi function display gt page 354 e Tail lamps Practical hints Replacing bulbs Bulbs Front lamps Rear lamps Lamp Type Lamp Type Q Additional turn sig LED High mounted brake LED nal lamp lamp 2 Turn signal lamp 1156 NA 9 Brake lamp LED 3 High beam flasher H7 55 W Tail parking and P21 4W Side markerlamp W5W standing lamp 6 Fog lamp HB4 55 W Side marker lamp LED Parking and stand W5W QD Backup lamp P21W ing lamp 2 License plate lamp C5W 7 Low beam and high Xenon 3 Rear fog lamp P21 4W beam lamp D2S 35 W driver s side 1 Bi Xenon headlamps For safety reasons high volt Turn signal lamp PY21W age do not replace the Xenon bulb yourself Con tact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center POO 10 3099 31 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Notes on bulb replacement e Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same Have the LEDs and bulbs for the following Warning A N Keep bulbs out of reach of children Bulbs and bulb sockets can get very hot Al low the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous
345. r is on the current setting DISPLAY UNIT TIRE PRESSURE ts BAR PSI 4 P 4 32 2796 31 gt Press or E to select the de sired tire inflation pressure unit Lighting submenu Access the LIGHTING submenu via the SET TINGS menu Use the LIGHTING submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available Function Page Set daytime running lamp mode 159 USA only Set locator lighting 160 Exterior lights delayed shut off 160 Interior lighting delayed shut off 161 Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only This function is not available in coun tries where the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the LIGHT ING submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display LIGHTING CIRCUIT HEADLAMP MODE The selection marker is on the current setting LIGHTING CIRCUIT HEADLANP NODE MANUAL CONSTANT 4 PS 4 327 2430 31 E gt Press or E to select manual or daytime running lamp constant mode This function is not available in countries where daytime running lamps are mandatory With daytime running lamp mode selected and the exterior lamp switch at position 0 the following lamps will come on automat ically when the engine is turned on Parking lamps and low beam head lamps License plate l
346. r lever from position P which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Driving tips Accelerator position Your driving style influences the transmission s shifting behavior Less throttle Earlier upshifting More throttle Later upshifting Kickdown Use kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance The transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Ease onthe accelerator when you have reached the desired speed The transmission shifts up again Stopping When you stop briefly e g at traffic lights gt Leave the transmission in gear gt Hold the vehicle with the brake When you stop longer with the engine idling and or on a hill gt Set the parking brake gt Move the gear selector lever to position P Controls in detail Automatic transmission Maneuvering When you maneuver in tight areas e g when pulling into a parking space gt Control the vehicle speed by gradually releasing the brakes Accelerate gently Never abruptly step on the accelerator Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle set the parking brake and move the gear selector le ver to position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear ranges With the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic shift program C or S gt page
347. r place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being ad justed Warning AN When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the power seats can be operated when the respective door is open Therefore do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Other wise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in the back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint sys tem which is properly secured with the ve hicle s seat belt and top t
348. r range Number of gears which are available to the automatic transmission for shifting The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the selector lever GPS Global Positioning System Satellite based system for relaying geographic location information to and from vehicles equipped with special re ceivers Employs DVD digital maps for navigation GVW Gross Vehicle Weight gt page 309 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating gt page 310 Instrument cluster The displays and indicator warning lamps in the driver s field of vision in cluding the tachometer speedometer engine temperature and fuel gauge KEYLESS GO System for entering and operating the vehicle without the use of a SmartKey Kickdown Depressing the accelerator past the point of resistance shifts the transmis sion down to the lowest possible gear This very quickly accelerates the vehi cle and should not be used for normal acceleration needs Kilopascal kPa gt page 310 Line of fall The direct line that an object moves downhill when influenced by the force of gravity alone Locking knob Knob on the door which indicates whether the door is locked or un locked Pushing the locking knob down on an individual door from inside will lock that door Maintenance System U S vehicles Maintenance service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle m
349. r than the seat backs Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident Controls in detail Useful features Glove box Locking glove box gt Insert the mechanical key gt page 372 into the glove box lock gt Turn the mechanical key to position 2 Unlocking glove box gt Insert the mechanical key gt page 372 into the glove box lock P68 10 2820 31 gt Turn the mechanical key to position 1 1 Unlocked 2 Locked 3 Glove box lid release Opening glove box gt Press glove box lid release 3 The glove box lid opens downward Closing glove box gt Push glove box lid up to close Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartment in the glove box Storage compartment in front of arm Storage compartment below the front A storage compartment is located in the resi armies cover of the glove box It can be used to Depending on vehicle model and configu store cards pens a flashlight etc a ration your vehicle is equipped with a stor age compartment below the front armrest The storage compartment below the front armrest is illuminated with the exterior lamps switched on The buttons are located under the cushion of the armrest 1 Storage compartment O Poe 10 2977 31 Opening Storage compartme
350. re is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality con sult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of alumi num parts The use of aluminum compo nents in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifical ly formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a signifi cantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle Mercedes Benz 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity Model Approx freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C CL 500 6 1 US qt 5 75 I 6 7 US qt 6 3 I CL 600 main cooling system 7 9 US gt 7 5 I 8 7 US qt 8 25 I CL 600 low temperature cooling system 12 WS tones 1 3 US gt 1 2 I CL 55
351. refully to prevent interfer ence during playback Avoid fingerprints and dust on CDs Do not write on CDs or apply any label or other material to them Only use original CDs Using copied CDs may create problems during playback Clean CDs from time to time with a com mercially available cleaning cloth No sol vents anti static sprays etc should be used for cleaning Replace the CD in its case after use Protect CDs from heat and direct sunlight ISE DIGITAL AUDIO Only use CDs which bear the label shown and that conform to the compact disc dig ital audio standard IEC 60908 Use of CDs which do not meet this stan dard may cause damage to the CD chang er Do not play single CDs 80 mm with an adapter Controls in detail Control system Your CD drive has been designed to play CDs which correspond to the IEC 60908 standard If you insert thicker data carriers e g ones that have data on both sides one side with DVD data the other side with audio data they cannot be eject ed and will damage the drive For information on operating the CD changer refer to separate COMAND oper ating instructions Controls in detail Control system Warning The CD changer is a Class 1 laser product There is a danger of invisible laser radiation if the cover is opened or damaged Do not remove the cover The CD changer does not contain any parts which can be ser viced by the user For safety r
352. rials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO automatically locks un locks the fuel filler flap P88 00 2 170281 gt Turn the engine off by turning the SmartKey to position 0 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 Open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is now in position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch Open the fuel filler flap by pushing at the point indicated by the arrow The fuel filler flap springs open Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure is released Take off the cap and set it in the recess on the fuel filler flap To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air fully insert filler nozzle unit Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top up or over fill Warning A N Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump noz zle which could cause personal injury gt Replace fuel cap by turning it clockwise until it audibly engages gt Close the fuel filler flap Only use premium unle
353. rim at the trim strips in the roof Warning J gt Secure the roof rack according to man ufacturer s instructions for installation Use only roof racks approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage to the vehicle Follow manu Load the roof rack in such a way that facturer s installation instructions the vehicle cannot be damaged while driving P7740 47 31 Make sure e you can fully raise the tilt sliding sunroof e you can fully open the trunk Loading instructions The total load weight including vehicle oc cupants and luggage cargo should not ex ceed the load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the corresponding placard located on the driver s door B pil lar Warning A N Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause in jury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Put luggage or car go in the trunk if possible Do not pile lug gage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the rear window shelf Never drive vehicle with trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter ve hicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Controls in deta
354. rktronic button 2 Indicator lamp Switching off the Parktronic system gt Press button Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on Switching on the Parktronic system gt Press button Q again Indicator lamp goes out The Parktronic system is automatically switched on when the ignition is switched on gt page 34 Parktronic system malfunction If only the red distance segments illumi nate and an acoustic warning sounds there is a malfunction in the Parktronic system The Parktronic system will auto matically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on gt Have the Parktronic system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Driving systems If only the red distance segments illumi nate and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty or there is an interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals The Parktronic system will automatically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt page 34 gt Clean Parktronic system sensors gt page 322 gt Switch on the ignition or gt Check Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interfer ence from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Controls in detail Loading Roof rack Preparing roof rack installation _ gt Open t
355. rom inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes Benz Please contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for informa tion on the installation of an approved external antenna Refer to the radio trans mitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Warning A N Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Observe all legal requirements Bear in mind that at a speed of jus
356. ront seat head restraints head restraints gt Press switch upwards and hold until the head restraint is fully extended For information on head restraint adjust ment see Seats gt page 37 Warning A N For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints gt Pull out head restraint Installing front seat head restraints gt Press switch 1 upwards and hold for about 5 seconds poy 16 2158 a P Push the head restraint down until it Adjust head restraint so that the center of engages the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten Switch on the ignition gt page 34 tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation 1 Head restraint height switch gt Adjust head restraint to desired posi tion gt page 38 or gt Open the respective door Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Tilt the seat backrest to the rear for easier removal and installation of the head restraints Rear seat head restraints The rear head restraints cannot be re moved Folding rear head restraints back The rear seat head restraints and the rear seat power head restraints can be folded backward for increased visibility The button is located on the upper part of the front ce
357. roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur gt page 375 You can also open or close the side windows and power tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Summer opening feature gt page 200 and Convenience closing feature page 200 Depending on current position the tilt sliding sunroof may also open or close when the air recirculation button or the charcoal filter button J in the climate control panel gt page 185 is pressed and held With the SmartKey in starter switch po sition O or removed from the starter switch the tilt sliding sunroof can be operated e until you open the driver s or pas senger door e for up to approximately 5 minutes gt Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof gt To open close raise or lower the tilt sliding sunroof move the switch to resistance point in the required direction to Release the sunroof switch when the tilt sliding sunroof has reached the de sired position Fully opening Express open and clos ing Express close the power the tilt sliding sunroof gt To open close raise or lower the tilt sliding sunroof move the switch past the resistance point in the re quired direction G to and release The tilt sliding sunroof opens or clo
358. rrow gt page 212 Distronic is set to the last stored speed Fine adjustment in 1 mph celeration e g for passing the cruise Canada 1 km h increments gt Remove your foot from the accelerator control resumes the last speed set pedal Setting a lower speed Faster gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow gt page 212 direction of arrow 2 gt page 212 to decrease vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h Deactivating Distronic There are several ways to deactivate the Distronic system gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow gt page 212 or gt Step on the brake pedal Distronic will be deactivated The last speed set will be stored into memory The following message will appear in the multifunction display for approxi mately 5 seconds DISTRONIC OFF The last stored speed is deleted when you turn off the engine Distronic deactivates automatically when e You set the parking brake e You drive slower than 22 mph 35 km h e The ESP engages gt page 82 or you switch off the ESP e You move the gear selector lever into position N A signal will sound The DISTRONIC OFF message appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds A Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates b
359. rrow 1 for approximately 1 second Check the Express open feature gt page 203 If the tilt sliding sunroof opens com pletely the sunroof is synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Y Driving systems The driving systems of your vehicle are de scribed on the following pages e Cruise control and Distronic with which the vehicle can maintain a preset speed e ABC with vehicle level control system with which you can change vehicle sus pension characteristics e Parktronic which serves as a parking assistant For information on the BAS ABS and ESP driving systems see Driving safety sys tems gt page 80 Cruise control Cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle Use of cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time You can set or resume cruise control at any speed over 20 mph 30 km h The cruise control function is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column gt page 22 Controls in detail Driving systems A Cruise control is a convenience system de signed to assist the driver during vehicle op eration The driver is and must remain at all times responsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation Warning Only use cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions
360. rt ment until it engages Close the storage compartment Cup holder in rear seat armrest D 5 4 Compartment for cup holder P 8 20 2698 31 Opening cup holder gt Push front of sliding compartment Q The cup holder slides out Closing cup holder gt Push sliding compartment Q back un til it engages Ashtrays Center console ashtray 7 paths Uae FOH 1 Button for disengaging ashtray Opening ashtray gt Briefly touch cover plate The ashtray opens automatically Controls in detail Useful features Removing ashtray insert A Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still Set the parking brake to se cure vehicle from movement Move the gear selector lever to position N With gear selec tor lever in position N turn off the engine Warning gt Secure vehicle from movement by set ting the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to position N Now you have more room to remove the insert gt Push sliding button 4 to the right The ashtray is disengaged and slides out a short way gt Remove insert from ashtray frame Reinstalling the ashtray insert gt Install insert by pushing back into the frame until it engages Controls in detail Useful features Rear seat ashtray C Latch Opening ashtray gt Pull at top of cover to open ashtray Removing ashtray insert gt Pull latch Q to disengage ash
361. ructions The child seat must be firmly attached in the right and left side anchors 3 b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be re placed Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Blocking of rear side windows opera tion The override switch is on the driver s door P54 25 3431 31 1 Override switch Activating override switch gt Slide override switch C to the right A dot becomes visible The functions in the rear are disabled Operation of the rear side windows with the switches located in the driver s door is still possible Warning A N Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure them selves e g by becoming trapped in the side window opening When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Deactivating override switch gt Slide override swit
362. ry is checked within signal gt page 391 range of the vehicle pressing the If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is button or will lock or unlock malfunctioning contact an authorized the vehicle accordingly Mercedes Benz Center Global locking using the lock button on Checking the battery the trunk lid gt Press button or ea Q Battery check lamp comes on brief To prevent a possible inadvertent lock ly to indicate that the SmartKey with out the trunk will open automatically if KEYLESS GO battery is in order a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk If battery check lamp G does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO battery is discharged Replace the battery gt page 377 You can obtain the required battery at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Controls in detail Locking and unlocking P80 20 2399 31 1 Lock button gt Press lock button Q on the trunk lid All turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed o You can also lock the vehicle using the lock button on an outside door handle gt page 60 or vehicles with trunk opening closing system KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt page 107 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Unlocking and opening the trunk You can unlock and open the trunk sepa rately A minimum height clearance
363. s The front fog lamps and rear fog lamp cannot be switched on manually with exterior lamp switch in position H To activate the fog lamps turn exterior lamp switch to position and pull the exterior lamp switch to first or sec ond stop gt page 128 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to Rg With the SmartKey in starter switch po sition 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button pressed once only the parking lamps will switch on and off automatically When the engine is running the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will switch on and off automatically Daytime running lamp mode gt Turn exterior lamp switch to position WEJ or Bg When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are switched on In low ambient light conditions the fol lowing lamps will switch on additional ly e tail and parking lamps e license plate lamps e side marker lamps For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam head lamps Canada only The daytime running lamp mode is manda tory and therefore in a constant mode When the engine is running and you shift from a driving position to position N or P the low beam headlamps will switch off with a 3 minute delay When the engine is running and you e turn the exterior lamp switch to position Rg the parking lamps switch on additionally e
364. s exceed ing a preset severity level e in certain vehicle rollovers e ifthe restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see Ey indicator lamp gt page 62 The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the respective front seat belt is fastened latch plate properly insert ed into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats will activate with or without the respective seat belt fastened In an impact emergency tensioning devic es remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Belt force limiters reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on oc cupants during a crash Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N An emergency tensioning device ETD that was activated must be replaced When disposing of the emergency tension ing device our safety instructions must be followed These are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side and with the seat belt fastened to secure the object the ETD to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s de ployment threshold Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt An automatic comfort fit feature for front seats reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Safety and Security Oc
365. s on while driving Warning Driving with the brake warning lamp illumi nated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot en gine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Suggested solution You are driving with the parking brake set gt Release the parking brake gt page 50 There is insufficient brake fluid in the reser Risk of accident volir gt Carefully stop the vehicle in a safe loca tion and notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the prob lem H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The yellow engine malfunc There is a malfunction in gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as USA only tion indicator lamp comes possible by an authorized m on while driving Canada only The fuel management system The ignition system The emission control system Systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions
366. s or E to select the de sired setting The locator lighting will be switched ON or OFF Setting night security illumination Exterior lights delayed switch off Use the HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH OFF function to set whether and for how long you would like the exterior lamps to illumi nate during darkness after all doors are closed When the delayed switch off fea ture is activated and the exterior lamp switch is in position EJ before the en gine is turned off the following lamps will remain lit when the engine is turned off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Front fog lamps You can reactivate this function within 10 minutes by opening a door If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically switch off after 60 seconds Controls in detail Control system To activate night security illumination gt Press or E to select the de gt Turnthe SmartKey in the starter switch gt Select delayed switch off period see sired lamp on period to position 2 and back to 0 below You can select The delayed switch off feature is deac tivated It will reactivate as soon as you gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to e 0 SEC the delayed switch off fea ee Ee ere position Gy before turning off the en ture is deactivated a a ed switch eine e 15 SEC 30 SEC 45 SEC or e To select delayed switch off period 60 SEC the delay
367. s possible Practical hints What to do if Display oF ows 1 TUN Wie ANG I FRONT TURN SIGNAL L CHECK LIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL R CHECK T REAR TURN SIGNAL L SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON REAR TURN SIGNAL R SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON MIRROR TURN SIG L Cialis CI al MIRROR TURN SIG R E SEI ial Possible cause consequence You have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch and opened the drivers door or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on The left front turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning The right front turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning The left rear turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The right rear turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The left turn signal in the side mirror is malfunctioning This message will only ap pear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working The right turn signal in the side mirror is malfunctioning This message will only ap pear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working Possible solution gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WE gt page 52 gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Ben
368. s the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button M depend ing on the type of response required The SOS button is located above the in terior rear view mirror The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the center armrest cov er Controls in detail Useful features Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock and more a The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satel lites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be sum moned by other means System self check Initially after switching on the ignition malfunctions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Information button stay on longer than 10 seconds or do not come on The message TELE AID MALFUNCTION DRIVE TO WORKSHOP appears for approximately 10 seconds in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satel lites for vehicle location If either of these signals are una
369. s very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear your seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Oc cupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the air bag can be seriously in jured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye e Sit properly belted in a nearly upright position with your back against the seat backrest b gt b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Adjust the driver s seat as far as possi ble rearward still permitting proper op eration of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breast bone to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 in 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combina tion of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any prob lems please see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dash board Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms in
370. s with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk separately C Trunk closing switch gt Press switch Q briefly The trunk closes You can also close the trunk by hand gt page 104 If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly Controls in detail Locking and unlocking A Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following Warning e press trunk closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey e press the remote trunk opening clos ing switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch the trunk closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave chil dren unattended in the vehicle or with ac cess to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an ac cident and or serious personal injury ee b gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Do no
371. see the naviga tion system s status gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the message NAVI in the multifunction display e f COMAND is switched off the mes sage NAVI OFF is shown in the multi function display e With COMAND switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if available the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With COMAND switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions ap pear in the multifunction display Please refer to separate COMAND operat ing instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Controls in detail Control system Distronic menu Use the DISTRONIC menu to display the current settings for your Distronic system What information is shown in the multi function display depends on whether the Distronic system is active or inactive Please refer to the Driving systems sec tion of this manual gt page 208 for in structions on how to activate Distronic gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following two pictures in the multifunction display Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display 300 o mm OFT P54 30 6335 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Symbol for activa
372. ses completely gt gt Controls in detail gt P Power tilt sliding sunroof The selecting a tilt sliding sunroof opening position feature is activated for Canada vehicles but deactivated for U S vehicles at the factory If you wish to have it activated contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center To select a tilt sliding sunroof opening position press the sunroof switch to the resistance point and release it when the tilt sliding sunroof has reached the desired position The tilt sliding sunroof now opens to the position set when the sunroof switch is pressed past the resistance point in the open direction Stopping the power tilt sliding sunroof during Express operation gt Move the switch in any direction If the movement of the tilt sliding sun roof is blocked during the closing pro cedure the sunroof will stop and reopen slightly Synchronizing the power tilt sliding sunroof The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchro nized e after the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged e after the tilt sliding sunroof has been closed manually gt page 375 e the tilt sliding sunroof does not open smoothly e after a malfunction gt gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Press and hold the sunroof switch in the direction of arrow Q until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear Keep holding the sunroof switch in the direction of a
373. sher Concentrate S and commercially available pre mixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Follow suggested mixing ratios gt page 425 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their Suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance system U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those express ly required for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not c
374. sing the steering wheel gearshift but tons to the left and right of the steering wheel gt page 173 or the gear selector lever Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Automatic transmission The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console 7 7 d 1 k i a r ae h T KSh i y Dak P r P k i 7 itn A r 1 5 ie p E T eS ne AT aoe ae Aa Pe 2198 31 Nee Pie hath ie Pr dat 1 Program mode selector switch M Manual C Comfort S Sport For manual gear shifting For comfort driving For standard driving The current gear selector lever position and the selected program mode M C S are indicated in the tachometer display gt page 166 Controls in detail Automatic transmission Bi amp Downshifting For information on automatic program The manual program mode M will not modes C or S see Automatic shift be stored When the engine is turned Warning A N program gt page 171 Gear selector off with the manual program mo
375. sion will shift from the current gear to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simul taneously extends the gear range of the transmission Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction until D reappears in the tachometer display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This may involve shifting down one or more gears Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gear shifting CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG The steering wheel gearshift control pro vides an alternative method for changing the gears manually and limiting or extend ing the gear range for automatic shifting with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode C or S For information on using the steering wheel gearshift control in manual program mode M CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG only see Manual shift program CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG gt page 175 To avoid overrevving the engine when downshifting with steering wheel gearshift buttons the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place f
376. ssion 175 Massage function PULSE Multicontour seats 118 316 317 Maximum load rating Tires 310 Maximum loaded vehicle weight 310 Maximum tire inflation pressure 310 Mechanical key 372 Loss of 94 100 Memory function 430 Menus see Control system menus Messages in display see Multifunction dis play messages Microphone Hands free 29 Mirrors Adjusting 43 Antiglare positions 178 Auto dimming mirrors 178 Exterior rear view mirror Storing park ing position 124 Exterior rear view mirrors 43 178 Interior rear view mirror 43 178 Power folding exterior rear view mirrors 180 Vanity mirror in sun visor MON 271 419 430 Motor Octane Number see MON MP3 CD operation Selecting tracks Multicontour seats 181 230 144 117 Multifunction display 137 430 Changing settings see Control system menus and Control system sub menus Selecting language 158 Standard display 141 Multifunction display messages ABC 339 ABS 341 Air filter 341 Battery 345 Brake fluid 346 Brake lamps 354 Brake pads 346 Coolant 347 Cruise control Distronic 342 Door 350 Engine oll ESP 342 Fog lamps 355 357 Fuel cap 360 Headlamps 355 350 275 351 Hood 353 N O Instrument cluster 350 Navigation system Occupant distribution 310 Lamp sensor 356 See separate COMAND operating in Occupant safety 62 Lamps 354 structions Air bags 63 License plate lamp 355 Net parcel 234 Children and air bags 64 Low beam headlamps 356 Neutral
377. switch es on gt Press reading lamp switch Q or to switch on the desired reading lamp gt Press the symbol on rocker switch a ee gt Press switch 2 on the symbol The front interior lighting switches on again gt Press reading lamp switch or gt Press the symbol on rocker The rear compartment lighting switch again to switch off the respective read switch again asoff ing lamp The front interior lighting switches off The automatic control function is acti vated The setting selected for the interior lighting is used for the trunk lighting as well If the trunk remains open the trunk lighting switches off automatically after approximately 10 minutes Courtesy lighting For better orientation in the dark courtesy lamps will illuminate the interior of your ve hicle as follows With parking lamps switched on e the door handles e the driver and passenger footwells With the SmartKey in the starter switch position 1 e the door handles e the center console If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and switch off the exterior headlamps the door handle lamps will remain lit for approximately 5 minutes Door entry lamps For better orientation in the dark the cor responding door entry lamps will switch on in darkness when you open a door and the automatic control is activated The door entry lamps switch off when the corresponding door is closed
378. switch position O and remove or press KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle when leaving Set the parking brake whenever park ing or leaving the vehicle In addition move the gear selector lever to position P When parking on hills always turn front wheels towards the road curb Tires A If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possi ble damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the road Warning Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and be come visible at a tread depth of approxi mately 46in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be re placed The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread A Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI be come visible at approximately in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not al low your tires to wear down to that
379. system submenus Sun visors 181 Sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof Sunshade 182 Supplemental Restraint System see SRS Symbols used in this operator s manual 15 T Tachometer 25 136 Overspeed range 136 Tachometer display Clock 25 Current program mode 166 Displaying gear range 166 Tail lamps Cleaning lenses 321 Messages in display 35 7 Replacing bulbs 379 383 Tar stains 319 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant Brake fluid 418 420 Capacities fuels coolants lubricants 419 420 etc 418 Coolant 419 422 Electrical system 416 Engine 408 Engine oil additives 420 Engine oils 418 420 Fuel requirements 419 421 Gasoline additives 422 Main dimensions and weights 417 Premium unleaded gasoline 419 421 Rims and Tires 410 Windshield washer system and head lamp cleaning system 419 425 Tele Aid 241 432 Call priority 247 Emergency call system button 29 244 Emergency calls 243 Hands free microphone 29 Information 246 Initiating an emergency call manually 244 Messages in display 359 Remote door unlock 248 Roadside Assistance 244 SOS button 244 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 249 System self check 242 Telematics 432 Telephone 240 Answering ending acall 148 Hands free microphone 29 Message in display 360 Operation 148 240 Phone book 148 Redialing 149 Temperature Display mode 157 Interior temperature 187 Setting display unit 157 Tether attachment points see Children i
380. t 1 m of the vehicle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle The alarm is canceled Tow away alarm Once the tow away alarm is armed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle The tow away protection alarm is trig gered for example if the vehicle is lift ed on one side If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 241 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Safety and Security Anti theft systems Arming tow away alarm gt Lock your vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The tow away alarm is automatically armed after about 30 seconds Disarming tow away alarm To prevent triggering the tow away alarm switch off the tow away alarm feature be fore towing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train Safety and Security Anti theft systems gt gt The button is located on the upper part of the front center console E Ba 1 Indicator lamp 2 Tow away alarm off button gt Switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch I You cannot disarm the tow away alarm if the igni
381. t Turn knob in the instrument cluster clockwise The instrument cluster illumination will brighten To dim illumination gt Turn knob in the instrument cluster counterclockwise The instrument cluster illumination will dim Coolant temperature gauge Warning A N e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam com ing from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display gt page 348 During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C i e close to the red zone of the coolant temperature gauge The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C i e in the red zone of the coolant temperature gauge Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Instrument cluster Trip odometer Make sure you are viewing the trip odometer display gt If it is not displayed press the or button on the multifunc
382. t 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second You can take and make telephone calls us ing the and buttons on the steering wheel To carry out other tele phone functions use the control system gt page 147 See separate operating manual for instruc tions on how to use the telephone Tele Aid The initial activation of the Tele Aid sys tem may only be performed by com pleting the subscriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using the Information button RSW Failure to complete either of these steps will re sult in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding ac tivation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e automatic and manual emergency e roadside assistance and e information Controls in detail Useful features The Tele Aid system is operational provid ing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cel lular and GPS coverage is available The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the multifunction steering wheel To raise press button and to lower press button EE or use the volume knob on your COMAND head unit gt To activate pres
383. t angle to Warning A N wiper arm arrow gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of ae For safety reasons switch off wipers and re ihe retainer nihe drectiondf PRD 30 2245 31 move SmartKey from starter switch vehi arrow 2 cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Wiper blades in vertical position gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps into place Installing wiper blades gt gt Slide the wiper blade onto wiper arm until it locks in place Rotate the wiper blade into position parallel to wiper arm Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold onto the wiper when folding the wiper arm back Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Never open the hood when the wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow the wiper arms to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Make certain that the wiper blades are properly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Flat tire Preparing the vehicle
384. t completely The buttons are located on the drivers door PBS 70 2259 31 1 Folds the exterior mirrors out 2 Folds the exterior mirrors in gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Folding in gt Press button 2 briefly Both mirrors fold in Folding out gt Press button Q briefly Both mirrors fold out If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear reposition it manually by applying firm pressure until it snaps back into place If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front press button 2 to fold mir rors in then press button to fold mirrors out Do not force mirrors by hand as it may damage the adjustment mechanism Controls in detail Good visibility Sun visors The sun visors protect you from sun glare while driving A Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Warning Keep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others o For information on vanity mirrors gt page 230 Controls in detail Good visibility Glare from the front F e 14 Mounting 2 Sun visor gt Swing sun visor 2 down P6B 60 2093 31 Glare from the front and sides Close the vanity mirror cover if open before you disengage sun visor 2 from mounting C and pivot it to the side gt Swing sun visor
385. t place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking Closing the trunk from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk separately 1 Trunk closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt Press switch Q briefly The trunk closes You can also close the trunk by hand page 104 If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly o To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk Warning A N Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e press trunk closing switch e press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e press the remote trunk opening clos i
386. tail Useful features Initiating an emergency call manually PZ 20 2573 31 C SOS button 2 Cover gt Briefly press on cover 2 The cover will open gt Press SOS button Q briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center gt Close cover 2 after the emergency call is concluded A If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle ve hicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe loca tion The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they re ceive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occu pants Warning Roadside Assistance button and Information button The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located in the storage compartment below the front armrest gt page 232 Y E 1 Information button 2 Roadside Assistance button P82i10 5452 31 Roadside Assistance button gt Press and hold the button for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message CONNECTING CALL will app
387. tails concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you sep arately to learn more USA only The indicator lamp on the Information button remains illuminated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after switching on the ignition together with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button Faq See system self check gt page 242 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is illuminated continuous ly and no voice connection to the Response Center was established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not avail able The message CALL FAILED ap pears in the multifunction display Information calls can be terminated us ing the button on the multifunc tion steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND head unit If the indicator lamps do not start flash ing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a fault or the service is not currently ac tive and may not initiate a call Visit an Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Call priori
388. ted by cient distance to the vehicle ahead Distronic There will be insufficient dis tance to the vehicles ahead Controls in detail Driving systems Active Body Control ABC The ABC system automatically selects the optimum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle Suspension tuning The suspension tuning is set according to e your driving style e road surface conditions e the vehicle loading e your choice of suspension style You can set following suspension style e Regular convenience e Sporty The selected setting is stored even if the engine is turned off The ABC button with the indicator lamps is located on the upper part of the front cen ter console E kf iaa 1 ABC button 2 Indicator lamp gt Start the engine gt page 48 Suspension for sporty driving style The setting for sporty driving is selected when indicator lamp 2 is illuminated gt Press button Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on The message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC SPURTS appears in the multifunction display for a short time Suspension for regular driving style The setting for regular driving is selected when indicator lamp 2 is off gt Press button Q Indicator lamp 2 goes out The message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC CONVENIENCE appears in the multifunction display for a short time Vehicle level control A To help avoid personal injury keep hands and f
389. ted distance warning function Your vehicle Distronic activated When you activate Distronic you will see the set speed for about 5 seconds in the Distronic display The following display then appears o a ST OFT P54 30 6336 31 DISTRONIC 1 Distronic activated Trip computer menu Use the trip computer menu to call up sta tistical data on your vehicle The following information is available Function Page Fuel consumption statistics after 151 start Fuel consumption statistics 152 since last reset Resetting fuel consumption sta 152 tistics Calling up range distance to 152 empty Fuel consumption statistics after start gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display AFTER START I O Each time you call up the trip comput er the last function used appears as the first display HFTER START G i10 MI P 4 55 MPH 17 3 MPG 2 08 H 2 P54 32 3240 31 1 Distance driven since start 2 Time elapsed since start 3 Average fuel consumption since start 4 Average speed since start Controls in detail Control system Incorporating statistics from the previ ous journey in the consumption statis tics When you restart the engine the AFTER START display flashes for e adistance of approximately 1 25 miles 2 kilometers
390. ted when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inopera tive or causing unintended air bag deploy ment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Air bags Warning A N Air bags are designed to reduce the poten tial of injury and fatality in certain frontal im pacts front air bags side impacts side impact air bags and head protection window curtain air bags or rollovers head protec tion window curtain air bags However no system available today can totally eliminate injuries and fatalities The activation of the air bags temporarily re leases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither inju rious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for peo ple with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it i
391. tem operates in the same way as conventional gt cruise con trol e Ifa slower moving vehicle is ahead Distronic will reduce your vehicle speed to the extent permitted by re duced throttle and up to 20 brak ing power to maintain the preset minimum following distance DOT Department of Transportation gt page 309 Engine number The number set by the manufacturer and placed on the cylinder block to uniquely identify each engine pro duced Engine oil viscosity Measurement for the inner friction vis cosity of the oil at different tempera tures The higher the temperature an oil can tolerate without becoming thin or the lower the temperature it can tol erate without becoming viscous the better the viscosity ESP Electronic Stability Program Improves vehicle handling and direc tional stability ETD Emergency Tensioning Device Device which deploys in certain frontal and rear collisions exceeding the sys tem s threshold to tighten the seat belts gt SRS FSS Canada vehicles Flexible Service System Maintenance service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle mainte nance service is due FSS evaluates en gine temperature oil level vehicle speed engine speed distance driven and the time elapsed since your last maintenance service and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating gt page 309 Gea
392. tem sensors gt page 322 120 cm 48 in P54 60 2005 31 Ee Ae 25225 100 50 cm it 60 120 m 40 20 Ofin 0 24 48 in P54 65 2857 31 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result Ultrasonic signals from outside sourc es e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the opera tion of the Parktronic system Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no long er be indicated by the system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the rel ative distance between the sensors and an obstacle The warning indicators for the front area are located above the left air vents and center air vents in the dash board The warning indicator for the rear area is integrated in the rear trim Controls in detail Driving systems Each war
393. tems Indicator lamp 86 Anti theft systems 85 Anti theft alarm system 85 Immobilizer 85 Tow away alarm 87 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Armrest 232 233 Ashtrays 237 Aspect ratio 309 AUDIO menu 142 Audio system CD changer operating mode 145 Auto dimming Rear view mirror 178 Automatic central locking Control system 110 162 Automatic climate control 184 Air conditioning refrigerant 420 Air conditioning Cooling 193 Air distribution 188 Air recirculation mode 190 Air vents 185 196 Air volume 189 Charcoal filter 191 Control panel 185 Deactivating system 187 Defogging 188 Defrosting 189 MAXCOOL maximum cooling 189 Rear window defroster 193 Residual engine heat and ventilation REST 194 Setting the temperature 187 Automatic headlamp mode 126 Automatic lighting control Interior lighting 131 Automatic locking when driving 110 Automatic transmission 48 165 Accelerator position 169 Driving tips 169 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 177 Gear ranges 170 Gear selector lever position 48 165 167 Gear shifting malfunctions 177 Kickdown 169 Kickdown manual shift program CL55 AMG and CL 65 AMG 177 Manual One touch gearshifting 172 Manual shift program CL 55 AMG and CL65 AMG 175 Shift program mode selector switch 171 Starting the engine 48 Steering wheel gearshift control CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG 173 Transmission fluid level 279 Warning sounds vehicles with KEYLESS GO 59 B
394. the power windows Express close gt Press switch Q to at the symbol aN past the resistance point and release The corresponding window closes com pletely AN Warning Driver s door only If within 5 seconds you again press the switch past the resistance point and re lease the automatic reversal will not func tion ES If the upward movement of the door window is blocked during the closing procedure the door window will stop and open slightly Remove the obstruc tion press the respective door window switch at the symbol EAN again past the resistance point and release If the door window still does not close when there is no obstruction press and hold the respective door window switch at the symbol EAN The door window will then close without the obstruction sen sor function Stopping power windows during Express operation gt Briefly press the respective window switch again Controls in detail Power windows Synchronizing the power windows The windows must be synchronized each time e after the battery has been disconnect ed e if the windows cannot be fully opened Express open or closed Express close Each window must be synchronized gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Press and hold switches Q to at the symbol EAN until the windows are completely closed gt Hold on to switches 4 to for ap proximately 1 second The windows
395. this Operator s Manual Optional equipment is identified with an asterisk Since standard equipment varies between models the descriptions and illustrations in this manual may differ slightly from the actual equipment of your vehi cle Warning A Warning notices draw your attention to haz ards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful Introduction gt Page gt D gt DIS Symbols This symbol points to instructions for you to follow A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks an interrupted procedure which will be continued on the next page In the glossary of technical terms this symbol is used to in dicate cross references to term definitions PLAY Words appearing in the multi function display are printed in the type shown here Introduction Operating safety Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are in terconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other sys tems Electronic malfunctions could ser
396. thorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake Canada only fluid This will not solve the problem Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accident T H Warning A N TE If you find that the brake fluid in the Brake pad thickness must be visually Tein meses ERS UUme brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the checked bya qualified technician atthe VISIT WORKSHOP displaved can resultin an minimum mark or below have the intervals specified in the Maintenance eu brake system checked for brake pad Booklet accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be serious ly burned thickness and leaks Display Cal VISIT WORKSHOP COOLANT CHECK ALEVE Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You can be seriously burned Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution There may be a malfunction in the gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Seater Center as soon as possible e Fuel injection system p e Ignition system e Exhaust system e Fuel system The coolant level is too low gt Add coolant gt page 280 If you have to add coolant frequent
397. tifunction display TIRE PRES DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINUTES This display appears until the individual tire inflation pressure values are matched with the tires The individual values are then displayed gt page 295 gt gt Operation Tires and wheels gt If you wish to cancel activation gt Press the E button If one of the following messages appears in the multifunction display TIRE PRES MONITOR REACTIVATE AFTER CORRECTING PRESSURE TIRE PRESSURE PLEASE CORRECT Check the tire inflation pressures and correct them if necessary Reactivate the tire inflation pressure monitor Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires can e cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics VAN Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Overinflated tire inflation pressure Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wear e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance A Warni
398. ting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or 366 0123 in Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from the Hotline Introduction Vehicle data recording Y Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety DaimlerChrysler may access the information and share it with others for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes with the
399. tinue driving with added caution STUN roume gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Cal DISPLAY DEFECTIVE Certain electronic systems are unable to Have the electronic systems checked by VISIT WORKSHOP relay information to the control system an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following systems may have failed e Coolant temperature display e Tachometer e Cruise control display DOOR OPEN You are attempting to drive with one or gt Close the doors more doors open Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution ADD 1 0 QT OIL The engine oil level is too low gt Add engine oil gt page 278 and check AT FILLING STATION the engine oil level gt page 275 Canada 1 0 LITER ENGINE ODE EVEL There is no oil in the engine There is a danger of engine damage STOP ENGINE OFF gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine gt Add engine oil gt page 278 and check the engine oil level gt page 275 ENGINE OIL LEVEL You have added too much engine oil gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained off NEDUE CNL LENE There is a risk of damaging the engine or Observe all legal requirements with re the catalytic converter spect to its disposal Practical hints What to do if Display ENGINE OIL LEVEL VISIT WORKSHOP OIL SENSOR MALFUNCT VISIT WORKSHOP When the message ADD 1 0
400. tion steering wheel repeatedly until the trip odometer appears gt page 137 gt Press and hold reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 134 until the trip odometer is reset Controls in detail Instrument cluster Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer de notes excessive engine speed Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG The tachometer of the CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG does not have a red marking denoting excessive engine speed To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated at an excessive engine speed Outside temperature indicator A The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Warning Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The outside temperature is displayed in the instrument cluster gt page 24 For in formation on how to select the unit of the displayed temperature i e degrees Celsius C or degrees Fahrenheit F see Selecting temperature display mode
401. tion is switched on gt Press button 2 Indicator lamp Q in the button comes on briefly gt Exit and lock your vehicle with the SmartKey or vehicles with KEYLESS GO with the lock button an each outside door handle or trunk lid The tow away alarm remains disarmed until you lock your vehicle again Canceling the alarm To cancel the alarm With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the or button on the SmartKey The alarm is canceled With KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle The alarm is canceled Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Seats Memory function Lighting Instrument cluster Control system Automatic transmission Good visibility Automatic climate control Power windows Power tilt sliding sunroof Driving systems Loading Useful features Controls in detail Locking and unlocking In the Controls in detail section you will find detailed information on how to oper ate the equipment installed in your vehicle If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you To quickly familiarize yourself with the ba sic functions of the
402. tored if the mirror does not move If the mirror does move repeat the above steps After the setting is stored you can move the mirror again Controls in detail Y Lighting For information on how to switch on the headlamps and use the turn signals see Switching on headlamps gt page 52 and Turn signals gt page 53 If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country in which the vehicle is reg istered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Exterior lamp switch The exterior lamp switch is located on the dashboard to the left of the steering wheel r W U P54 25 2971 31 P gt Lighting KH o Daytime running lamp mode gt page 127 Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode gt page 127 Parking lamps also side marker lamps tail lamps license plate lamps instrument panel lamps Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps when the combi nation switch is pushed forward and parking lamps Standing lamps right turn left one stop Standing lamps left turn left two stops Indicator lamp for parking lamps Indicator lamp for front fog lamps Indicator lamp for rear fog lamp Controls in detail Lighting With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the engine turned off
403. tray in sert and remove it Reinstalling the ashtray insert gt Install ashtray insert gt Close the ashtray Cigarette lighter 1 Cigarette lighter gt gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Push in cigarette lighter The lighter will pop out automatically when hot Warning J Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury The lighter socket can accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories up to a maximum of 85 W designed for use with the standard cigarette lighter plug Keep in mind however that con necting accessories to the lighter sock et for example extensive connecting and disconnecting or using plugs that do not fit properly can damage the lighter socket With the socket dam aged the lighter may no longer be able Heated steering wheel CL 500 and CL 600 The steering wheel heating warms up the leather area of the steering wheel The stalk is on the lower left hand side of the steering wheel Controls in detail Useful features Switching on gt Switch on the ignition gt pa
404. tronic system sensors gt page 322 Interference caused by other ultrasonic sig nals e g working jackhammers car wash or the air brakes of trucks can cause the system to send erratic indications and should be taken into consideration A Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them Warning The Parktronic system is an electronic aid designed to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers It visually and audibly indi cates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle The Parktronic system is automatically ac tivated when you switch on the ignition and placed the gear selector lever in posi tion D R or N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds over approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system turns on again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you place the gear selector lever in position P Controls in detail Driving systems The Parktronic system monitors the sur roundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper P54 60 2577 31 1 Sensors in the front bumper Controls in detail Driving systems Range of the sensors To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or damage the sensors see Cleaning the Parktronic sys
405. tton Level control button Central locking switch Anti theft alarm system indi cator lamp Hazard warning flasher on off switch Page 182 223 220 221 111 85 130 O At a glance Center console Item Central unlocking switch Electronic Stability Program ESP control switch Rear head restraints button for folding down and placing upright Tow away alarm button COMAND system see sepa rate operating instructions Automatic climate control Page 111 84 115 87 184 At a glance Center console Lower part 929 Item Page KEYLESS GO start stop 35 button Gear selector lever for 49 automatic transmission Front passenger front 74 air bag off indicator lamp Thumbwheel for setting dis 216 tance in Distronic Distance warning function 216 on off button Program mode selector for 171 automatic transmission Cover of compartment with e Ashtray 237 e Lighter 238 At a glance Overhead control panel Y Overhead control panel Item Page Q Left reading lamp on off 132 2 Rear interior lighting on off 132 3 Right reading lamp on off 132 Interior lighting control 131 Tilt sliding sunroof 202 6 Hands free microphone for 241 Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and voice control system see separate operating instruc tions 7 Garage door opener 249 Rear view mirror 43 9 Tele Aid emerg
406. tton or repeatedly until you see the currently tuned sta tion in the multifunction display HO pe 101 1 FM 1 P54 32 3191 31 1 Waveband 2 Station frequency gt Press button J or Ref repeatedly until the desired station is found You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Select satellite radio station USA only The satellite radio is treated as a radio ap plication gt Turn on COMAND and select satellite gt radio with the corresponding key on the COMAND control panel SAT Press button or repeatedly until you see the currently tuned sta tion in the multifunction display sg 1 SAT mode and preset number 2 Channel name or number gt Press button BV or EAN repeatedly Controls in detail Control system 4N saT 1 THEPULSE P54 32 3192 31 until the desired channel is found Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satel lite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Controls in detail Control system Select CD track E O Select MP3 CD track gt Turn on COMAND and select CD
407. turn the exterior lamp switch to position J the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime run ning lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 379 Controls in detail Lighting USA only By default the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated Activate the daytime run ning lamp mode using the control system see Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 159 When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position or the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 379 Locator lighting and night security illu mination Locator lighting and night security illumi nation are described in the control system section under Setting locator lighting gt page 160 and Setting night security il lumination gt page 160 Controls in detail Lighting Switching on fog lamps a Switching on rear fog lamp driver s side Fog lamps cannot be switched on with only Warning ES exterior lamp switch in position WA gt Switch on the front fog lamps SeA E EA For switching on the fog lamps turn ex gt page 128 ient lighti iti terior lamp switch to position E l OW Amer N ngmng r eag P p p E gt Pull out exterior lamp switch to second only switch from position Eig to with sto the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching on fr
408. ty If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are ac tive an emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take pri ority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is con cluded Calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center representative except Roadside Assistance and Information calls which can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND head unit Controls in detail Useful features If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Controls in detail Useful features When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the audio system or the COMAND system audio is muted and the selected mode radio or CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed switches off If you must use this phone the vehicle must be parked Disconnect the coiled cord and place the call The COMAND navigation system if engaged will continue to run The display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spoken comm
409. uccession Controls in detail Automatic transmission Emergency operation Limp Home Mode Kickdown Deactivating manual shift program gt Press the program mode selector switch gt page 175 repeatedly until C or S appears in the tachometer display The kickdown can also be used for maximum acceleration when driving in the manual program mode M If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts the trans mission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance or The transmission shifts to a lower gear gt Restart the engine gt page 48 gt Shift up once the desired speed has been reached The transmission will go to the automatic program mode C or S can be activated Stop the vehicle in a safe location The manual program mode M is not gt Move the gear selector lever to P stored ine When driving at full throttle the trans pT EEIE mission shifts to the next higher gear gt Wait at least 10 seconds before when maximum engine speed has been restarting Aen gt Restart the engine gt page 48 gt Move the gear selector lever to position D for second gear or R gt Have the transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Good visibility For information on the windsh
410. ucts Power washer Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on main taining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connec tors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Operation Vehicle care Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components Affixing stickers adhesive tape or sim ilar materials to painted body compo nents may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5 months de pending on the climate and washing deter gent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if
411. ul driver can prevent accidents The ca pabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or danger ous manner which could jeopardize the us er s safety or the safety of others a Distronic is switched off when the ESP engages The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size gt page 410 Because of the ESP s automatic oper ation the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when e the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with the front rear axle raised Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system For more information see Practical hints gt page 332 Safety and Security Driving safety systems Switching off the ESP Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circum stances described below Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in stan dard driving maneuvers To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP in driving situations where it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel Distronic cannot be activated when t
412. ull load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Automatic transmission The steering wheel gearshift buttons are located to the left and right of the steering wheel Coe K ji P27 60 2575 31 1 Left button downshift 2 Right button upshift Controls in detail Automatic transmission You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted in the automatic program mode The following instructions describe opera tion of the steering wheel gearshift control when driving in the automatic program mode C or S For instructions on operating the steering wheel gearshift control and gear selector lever in the manual program mode M see Manual shift program CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG gt page 175 Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss
413. um fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt CL 600 215 376 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 12 3 23 in 82 00 mm 3 43 in 87 00 mm 336 4 cu in 5513 cm 9 1 493 hp 5000 rpm 368 kW 5000 rpm 590 Ib ft 1800 3500 rpm 800 Nm 1800 3500 rpm 9950 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 1 1 4 9 2335 mm Technical data Engine CL 65 AMG 215 379 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 12 3 25 in 82 60 mm 3 66 in 93 00 mm 364 9 cu in 5980 cm 9 1 603 hp 4750 rpm 450 kW 4750 rpm 738 b ft 2000 3000 rpm 1000 Nm 2000 3000 rpm 9950 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 1 1 4 9 2335 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 2 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Technical data Rims and Tires Only use tires which have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to pro vide best possible performance in con junction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as ABS or ESP Tires specially developed for your veh
414. umber of repair attempts During the pe riod of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approx 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair at tempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following oc curs 1 the same substantial defect or mal function results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that de fect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or mal function of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have direct ly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or Introduction Operator s Manual 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different sub stantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance B
415. umption 274 Fillerneck 278 279 Messages in display 275 276 351 Recommended engine oils and oil filter 420 Viscosity 428 ESP 82 429 Messages in display 342 Warning lamp 332 333 ETD 71 429 Safety guidelines 66 Exterior rear view mirrors 43 Auto dimming on the driver s side 178 Parking position 124 180 Parking position for 164 Power folding 180 Storing parking position 124 F Filler neck Engine oil First aid kit 369 Flat tire 386 Jacking up the vehicle 387 Lowering the vehicle 390 Mounting the spare wheel 386 Preparing the vehicle 386 Flexible Service System see FSS Fluids ABC fluid 279 Automatic transmission 279 418 Brake fluid 272 418 420 Capacities 418 Engine coolant 280 419 422 Engine oil 418 420 Hydraulic system for ABC 418 Power steering fluid 418 Windshield washer system and head lamp cleaning system 282 419 425 Fog lamps 128 379 Messages in display 355 357 Replacing bulbs 379 383 278 279 Front airbags 67 Front lamps see Headlamps Front passenger front airbag 63 67 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 74 336 Front seat head restraints see Head re straints FSS Canada vehicles Fuel 271 419 421 Additives 422 Capacities Fueltank 419 Consumption statistics after start 151 Consumption statistics since last reset 152 Filling the tank 270 Fuel filler flap and cap 270 374 Fuel gauge 25 331 Fuel reserve warning lamp 25 331 Requirements Octane rating 271 419 42
416. unction gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels VISIT WORKSHOP ing may lock during hard braking reducing steer ing capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident AIR CLEANER The air filter is clogged gt Have the air filter checked by an authorized CHANGE CARTRIDGE Mercedes Benz Center VISIT WORKSHOP Practical hints What to do if Display BIST NORNDG EXTERNAL MALFUNCTION REACTIVATE DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVATLABLE SEE QPERATORS MANUAL DISTRONIC DRIVE TO WORKSHOP ESE MALFUNCTION VISTT WORKSHOP DES Pee EDERE TIME VISIT WORKSHOP Possible cause consequence Distronic is switched off and is temporarily unavailable Distronic is switched off because the Dis tronic cover in the radiator grille is dirty Distronic is malfunctioning or the display is malfunctioning The ESP has detected a malfunction and switched off The ABS may still be operational The ESP or the ESP display is malfunc tioning Possible solution gt Try activating Distronic again later gt Clean the Distronic cover in the radiator grille gt page 322 gt Restart the vehicle gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as so
417. usetts and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty Technical data Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a re placement It will be mailed to you Technical data Identification labels P60 00 2076 31 P60 00 2337 31 ot IT PA 20 2025 1 Certification label 2 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 3 Engine number engraved on engine on driver s B pillar below right rear passenger seat 4 VIN visible lower edge of windshield Vacuum line routing diagram label 6 Emission control information label includes both federal and California certification exhaust emission standards When ordering parts please specify vehicle identification and engine num bers Vv Layout of poly V belt drive CL 500 6 amp Q Automatic belt tensioner 2 ABC tandem pump pump for power steering assistance and ABC chassis 3 Air conditioning compressor 4 Crankshaft Coolant pump 6 Generator alternator 7 Idler pulley P13 22 2040 31 CL 55 AMG P13 21 2020 31 The CL 55 AMG has two poly V belts belt one shown in purple belt two shown in black C Idler pulley 2 Automatic belt tensioner 3 ABC tandem pump pump for power steering assistance and ABC chassis 4 Air conditioning compressor Crankshaft 6 Co
418. ustment pro any rear seat passenger Adjust the as soon as the backrest is locked in place If cedure backrest until your arms are slightly an both backrests are locked in place and the gled when holding the steering warning message is still displayed have the T wheel gt page 38 system checked at an authorized l The automatic seat slide is provided Mercedes Benz Center immediately with a safety feature For information on additional convenience features permitting easy entry and exit The automatic process is interrupted if see Easy entry exit feature the backrest of the sliding seat is gt page 112 pushed against an occupant or object The seat will slide forward and stop When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Investigate and correct the cause of in terruption Getting started Adjusting Steering wheel Steering wheel adjustment Adjusting steering column in or out Move stalk forward or back in the direc tion of arrow Q until a comfortable The stalk for steering wheel adjustment is gt located on the steering column lower left Warning A N Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv ing could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO
419. ut to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pul sation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal Warning The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency be yond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction af forded The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe atten tive and skillful driver can prevent acci dents The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reck less or dangerous manner which could jeop ardize the user s safety or the safety of others For more information see Practical hints gt page 328 Safety and Security Driving safety systems BAS The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatica
420. utton is programmed If this button has already been programmed the in dicator lamp will only start flashing af ter 20 seconds Step 5 gt After the indicator lamp Q changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter but ton Step 6 gt Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button or and observe the indicator lamp Q Controls in detail Useful features If the indicator lamp 1 stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or 4 is pressed and re leased If the indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly for about 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature Step 7 gt To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier Step 8 gt Locate training button on the garage door opener m
421. vailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means A If the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and or in the Information button do not come on during the system self check or if any of these indicators remain illuminat ed continuously in red and or the message TELE AID MALFUNCTION DRIVE TO WORKSHOP is displayed in the multifunction display af ter the system self check a malfunction in the system has been detected Warning If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as ex pected Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the emergency tensioning devices ETDs or air bags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the interior rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See gt page 244 for instructions on initiating an emergency call manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message CONNECTING CALL appears in the multifunction display and the audio system is muted When the con nection is established the message CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the e
422. vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed The brake pedal is automatically applied as this happens which results in the brake pedal moving Keep driver s foot area clear at all times in cluding the area under the brake pedal Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic menu in the control system In the Distronic menu you see the current settings for Distronic What appears in the multifunction display depends on whether Distronic and the distance warning func tion are turned on or off gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following dis plays Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic deactivated If Distronic is deactivated you can see the standard display of Distronic in the multi function display ci a 5 o 150 OFT 300 P54 30 6335 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Symbol for activated distance warning function Your vehicle Distronic activated If you turn Distronic on you will see the set speed in the multifunction display for about 5 seconds You then see the follow ing display in the multifunction display
423. ving vehicles in front of you Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accel erator pedal position Controls in detail Driving systems Setting a higher speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q gt page 212 to decrease vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds gt page 212 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on the speedometer gt page 210 a Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate Distronic After brief ac The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds gt page 212 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on the speedometer gt page 210 o When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brakes will be ap plied to support deceleration In addition the transmission will auto matically downshift on long downhill grades Setting to last stored speed Resume function Warning A N The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to preset speed could cause an accident and or seri ous injury to you and others gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of a
424. w rear window cleaning 325 Shift lever position indicator 166 Shift lock 431 Shift program mode Automatic transmission 171 139 154 155 156 Shifting Automatic transmission 48 165 Gear selector lever positions 167 Into optimal gear range automatic transmission 172 Shoulder support Multicontour seats 117 Side impact airbags 67 Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses 321 Messages in display 356 Replacing bulbs 379 Side windows see Power windows Sidewall 310 432 SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Snow chains 314 Snow tires 313 Spare fuses 370 Spare wheel 386 Mounting 386 Speed settings Cruise control 207 Speedometer 25 142 SRS 70 432 Indicator lamp 25 62 335 Standing lamps 125 Replacing bulbs 379 382 383 Standing water Driving through 266 Starter switch 23 Positions 34 Starting difficulties Engine 50 Starting Engine 48 Steering column 42 Steering wheel 42 138 Cleaning 324 Electrical adjustment 42 Heated steering wheel 239 Steering wheel gearshift control CL 55 AMG and CL 65 AMG Automatic transmission 173 Stolen vehicle Recovery services Tele Aid 249 Storage compartments 231 Armrest 232 233 Below the front armrest 232 Between rear seats 233 Cup holders 235 Glove box 231 In front of armrest 232 Parcel nets 234 Storage tray and telephone holder 233 Under the front seats 234 Storing Tires 285 Submenus see Control
425. water 266 Tips Automatic transmission 169 Driving safety systems ABS 80 BAS 81 ESP 82 429 Driving systems 205 ABC 220 Cruise control 205 Distronic 208 Parktronic 223 Vehicle level control 221 E Easy entry exit feature 112 163 Electrical fuses see Fuses Electrical system Technical data 416 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Emergency call system Hands free microphone 29 Emergency calls Tele Aid 243 244 Emergency operations Fuel filler flap 374 Limp Home Mode Automatic transmission 177 Locking unlocking the vehicle 372 Power tilt sliding sunroof Manual Operation 375 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 248 Trunk Releasing from inside 109 Trunk Unlocking 373 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emergency In case of Battery Jump starting 394 First aid kit 369 Flat tire Changing 386 Fuses 399 Hazard warning flasher 130 Instrument cluster Indicator lamps 328 Roadside Assistance 12 Roadside Assistance Tele Aid 244 Towing the vehicle 396 Emission control 268 Information label 406 system warranties 10 Vacuum line routing diagram label 406 Engine Block heater Canada only 314 Break in recommendations 258 Cleaning 320 Compartment 273 Malfunction indicator lamp 25 330 Number 406 428 Poly V belt layout 407 408 Starting 48 Tachometer 25 136 Technical data 408 Turning off 58 Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil 274 420 Adding 278 Additives 420 Changing 278 420 Checking level 274 Cons
426. what is shown in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunc tion display is arranged in menus each containing a number of functions or sub menus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD op erations under AUDIO for example These functions serve to call up relevant informa tion or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being ar ranged in a circular pattern e If you press button or repeatedly you will pass through each menu one after the other e If you press button EN or Red repeatedly you will pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu Controls in detail Control system Inthe SETTINGS menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For in structions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 154 The number of menus available in the sys tem depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle The menus are described on the following pages Controls in detail Control system Menus This is what you will see when you scroll The table on the next page provides an through the menus overview of the individual menus E Og i MILES AUDIO OFF SETTINGS TO RESET PRESS E BUTTON FOR 3 SEC TEL OF
427. witch off Exterior lights 160 Interior illumination 161 Department of Transportation see DOT Difficulties While driving 56 With starting 50 Digital clock see Clock Digital soeedometer 142 Dimensions Vehicle 417 Direction of rotation Tires 286 Displays Digital speedometer 142 Maintenance service indicator 315 Messages in display 337 Multifunction display 137 Outside temperature 25 136 157 Showing malfunctions 153 Symbol messages 345 Text messages 339 Vehicle status messages 153 337 Vehicle system settings Control system 137 Distance to empty Range 152 Distronic 150 208 428 Activating deactivating 213 Cleaning system sensor 322 Control system 150 Distance warning function 216 Driving hints 217 Menu 211 Messages in display 342 sensor cover 322 Warning and indicator lamps 210 Warning sounds 216 332 Document holder 230 Door Entry lamps 133 Inside door handle 30 100 Locking unlocking SmartKey 60 90 Locking unlocking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 60 94 Message in display 350 Opening from inside outside 90 94 100 Power closing assist for doors 110 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 248 Unlocking the driver s door Mechani calkey 372 DOT 309 Drink holder see Cup holder Drinking and driving 259 Drive gear position Automatic 32 33 transmission 48 165 167 Driving Abroad 267 Hydroplaning 263 In winter 265 Instructions 45 259 Problems 56 Safety systems 80 systems 205 Through standing
428. with KEYLESS GO and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the parking lamps or low beam headlamps are switched on The message TURN OFF LIGHTS appears in the multifunction display Manual headlamp mode The low beam headlamps and parking lamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch For exterior lamp switch see gt page 125 Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps switch on and off au tomatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light Low beam headlamps e Tail and parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps Warning A N If the exterior lamp switch is set to RI e the headlamps may switch off unexpect edly when the system senses bright am bient light for example light from oncoming traffic e the headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others acti vate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position HA to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from Mg to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all time
429. with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is pref erable to other types of towing Use flatbed or wheel lift dolly equip ment with SmartKey in starter switch turned to position O Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts Switch off the tow away alarm gt page 87 and the automatic central locking gt page 162 Do not tow start the vehicle When circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehi cle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front wheels raised only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immedi ately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the selector lever must be in position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground or the front axle raised the vehicle may be towed only for dis tances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h To be certain to av
430. with socket wrench e One alignment bolt Vehicle jack _ e One pair of gloves 2 Vehicle tool kit e One fuse extractor g Luggage bowl e One fuse chart for the main fuse box t BL 4 Spare wheel e Spare fuses gt Lift up trunk floor cover and engage trunk floor handle in upper edge of trunk You can now remove the tools and ac cessories 370 Storing the vehicle jack in the trunk gt Retract the vehicle jack arm to the base of the vehicle jack Push the crank handle up Turn the crank handle counterclock wise to the end of the stop storage po sition A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Warning Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Al ways lower the vehicle onto sufficient ca pacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Practical hints Where will I find
431. y BRAKE USA only Canada only BATTERY CHARGE VISIT WORKSHOP RELEASE PARKING BRAKE Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution The battery is no longer charging gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as Possible causes soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt e alternator malfunctioning e broken poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not forget that the brake system re quires electrical energy and may be oper ating with restricted capability Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is longer If it is intact gt Drive immediately to the nearest autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Adjust driv ing to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness You are driving with the parking brake en gt Release the parking brake gt page 50 gaged Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause consequence Possible solution O BRAKE PAD WEAR The brake pads have reached their wear Have the brake pads replaced as soon as VISIT WORKSHOP limit possible BRAKE FLUID There is insufficient brake fluid in the res Risk of accident Stop the vehicle in a USA only VISIT WORKSHOP ervolr safe location and notify an au
432. y adjusts the suspen sion at all four wheels in response to various driving situations ABS Antilock Brake System Prevents the wheels from locking up during braking so that the vehicle can continue to be steered Accessory weight gt page 309 Air pressure gt page 309 Alignment bolt Metal pin with thread The centering pin is an aid used when changing a tire to align the wheel with the wheel hub Aspect ratio gt page 309 BabySmart air bag deactivation system This system detects if a special system compatible child restraint seat is in stalled on the front passenger seat The system will automatically deactivate the passenger front air bag when such a seat is properly installed the EST indicator lamp in the center console comes on and remains illuminated BabySmart compatible child seats Special restraint system for children The sensor system for the front pas senger seat prevents deployment of the passenger front air bag if a BabySmart compatible child seat is installed See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Bar gt page 309 BAS Brake Assist System System for potentially reducing braking distances in emergency braking situa tions The system is activated when it senses an emergency based on how fast the brake is applied Bead gt page 309 Bi Xenon headlamps Headlamps which use an electric arc as the light source and produce a more in tense
433. y apply e Select positions 3 2 or 1 only when to your vehicle type also apply when driv driving at moderate speeds for hill ing the first 1000 miles 1500 km after driving the engine or the rear differential has been i replaced e Select C as the preferred shift program gt page 171 for the first 1000 miles amp 1500 km Always obey applicable speed limits Y Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent de pends on driving habits and operating con ditions To save fuel you should e Keep tires at the recommended tire inflation pressures e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof rack when not in use e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and decel eration e Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driv ing in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly area Drinking and driving A Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combina tions Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Warning The possibility of a serious or even fatal ac cident are greatly increased when you drink or take
434. y message indicates that your telephone is ready for use and you can op erate it using the control system P54 32 2012 31 Controls in detail Control system The following functions are available Function Page Answering a call 148 Ending a call 148 Dialing a number from the phone 148 book Redialing 149 Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the multifunction display you will then see the message TEL ARY rA Faa PA gt Press button Eg You have answered the call In the mul tifunction display you see the length of the call positioned above the number P54 32 2013 31 o If you do not wish to accept a call press button Fan Ending a call gt Press button Fam You have ended the call In the multi function display you will again see the standby message Dialing a number from the phone book If your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the mul tifunction display gt Press button FA or Reg The control system reads the phone book which is stored in the telephone The transmission depends on the num ber of entries in the phone book and can take up to 60 seconds In the mul tifunction display you will see the mes sage PLEASE WAIT When the message PLEASE WAIT dis appears th
435. z Center as soon as possible jie LSA bA Me SEAT BACKREST LEFT LOCK SEAT BACKREST RIGHT LOCK sel ele Sisley DRIVE TO WORKSHOP CLOSE SUNROOF COSE SUNROOF TELE AID DRIVE TO WORKSHOP TELE AID BATTERY DRIVE TO WORKSHOP Possible cause consequence The driver seat backrest is not engaged The passenger seat backrest is not en gaged The seat belt system is malfunctioning You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the sliding portion of the tilt sliding sunroof open You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the tilting portion of the tilt sliding sunroof open One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are malfunctioning The emergency power battery for the Tele Aid system is malfunctioning If the vehicle battery is also discharged Tele Aid will not be operational Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Fold back and push the seat backrest un til the seat cushion and seat backrest au dibly engage into the driving position Fold back and push the seat backrest un til the seat cushion and seat backrest au dibly engage into the driving position Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Close the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 202 Close the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 202 Have the Tele Aid system checked by an

Mercedes-Benz 2004 M-Class Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents